1 /* Reload pseudo regs into hard regs for insns that require hard regs.
2 Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
3 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GCC.
7 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
8 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
9 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
12 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
13 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
14 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
24 #include "coretypes.h"
28 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
32 #include "insn-config.h"
38 #include "basic-block.h"
47 /* This file contains the reload pass of the compiler, which is
48 run after register allocation has been done. It checks that
49 each insn is valid (operands required to be in registers really
50 are in registers of the proper class) and fixes up invalid ones
51 by copying values temporarily into registers for the insns
54 The results of register allocation are described by the vector
55 reg_renumber; the insns still contain pseudo regs, but reg_renumber
56 can be used to find which hard reg, if any, a pseudo reg is in.
58 The technique we always use is to free up a few hard regs that are
59 called ``reload regs'', and for each place where a pseudo reg
60 must be in a hard reg, copy it temporarily into one of the reload regs.
62 Reload regs are allocated locally for every instruction that needs
63 reloads. When there are pseudos which are allocated to a register that
64 has been chosen as a reload reg, such pseudos must be ``spilled''.
65 This means that they go to other hard regs, or to stack slots if no other
66 available hard regs can be found. Spilling can invalidate more
67 insns, requiring additional need for reloads, so we must keep checking
68 until the process stabilizes.
70 For machines with different classes of registers, we must keep track
71 of the register class needed for each reload, and make sure that
72 we allocate enough reload registers of each class.
74 The file reload.c contains the code that checks one insn for
75 validity and reports the reloads that it needs. This file
76 is in charge of scanning the entire rtl code, accumulating the
77 reload needs, spilling, assigning reload registers to use for
78 fixing up each insn, and generating the new insns to copy values
79 into the reload registers. */
81 /* During reload_as_needed, element N contains a REG rtx for the hard reg
82 into which reg N has been reloaded (perhaps for a previous insn). */
83 static rtx
*reg_last_reload_reg
;
85 /* Elt N nonzero if reg_last_reload_reg[N] has been set in this insn
86 for an output reload that stores into reg N. */
87 static char *reg_has_output_reload
;
89 /* Indicates which hard regs are reload-registers for an output reload
90 in the current insn. */
91 static HARD_REG_SET reg_is_output_reload
;
93 /* Element N is the constant value to which pseudo reg N is equivalent,
94 or zero if pseudo reg N is not equivalent to a constant.
95 find_reloads looks at this in order to replace pseudo reg N
96 with the constant it stands for. */
97 rtx
*reg_equiv_constant
;
99 /* Element N is a memory location to which pseudo reg N is equivalent,
100 prior to any register elimination (such as frame pointer to stack
101 pointer). Depending on whether or not it is a valid address, this value
102 is transferred to either reg_equiv_address or reg_equiv_mem. */
103 rtx
*reg_equiv_memory_loc
;
105 /* Element N is the address of stack slot to which pseudo reg N is equivalent.
106 This is used when the address is not valid as a memory address
107 (because its displacement is too big for the machine.) */
108 rtx
*reg_equiv_address
;
110 /* Element N is the memory slot to which pseudo reg N is equivalent,
111 or zero if pseudo reg N is not equivalent to a memory slot. */
114 /* Widest width in which each pseudo reg is referred to (via subreg). */
115 static unsigned int *reg_max_ref_width
;
117 /* Element N is the list of insns that initialized reg N from its equivalent
118 constant or memory slot. */
119 static rtx
*reg_equiv_init
;
121 /* Vector to remember old contents of reg_renumber before spilling. */
122 static short *reg_old_renumber
;
124 /* During reload_as_needed, element N contains the last pseudo regno reloaded
125 into hard register N. If that pseudo reg occupied more than one register,
126 reg_reloaded_contents points to that pseudo for each spill register in
127 use; all of these must remain set for an inheritance to occur. */
128 static int reg_reloaded_contents
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
130 /* During reload_as_needed, element N contains the insn for which
131 hard register N was last used. Its contents are significant only
132 when reg_reloaded_valid is set for this register. */
133 static rtx reg_reloaded_insn
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
135 /* Indicate if reg_reloaded_insn / reg_reloaded_contents is valid. */
136 static HARD_REG_SET reg_reloaded_valid
;
137 /* Indicate if the register was dead at the end of the reload.
138 This is only valid if reg_reloaded_contents is set and valid. */
139 static HARD_REG_SET reg_reloaded_dead
;
141 /* Indicate whether the register's current value is one that is not
142 safe to retain across a call, even for registers that are normally
144 static HARD_REG_SET reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered
;
146 /* Number of spill-regs so far; number of valid elements of spill_regs. */
149 /* In parallel with spill_regs, contains REG rtx's for those regs.
150 Holds the last rtx used for any given reg, or 0 if it has never
151 been used for spilling yet. This rtx is reused, provided it has
153 static rtx spill_reg_rtx
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
155 /* In parallel with spill_regs, contains nonzero for a spill reg
156 that was stored after the last time it was used.
157 The precise value is the insn generated to do the store. */
158 static rtx spill_reg_store
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
160 /* This is the register that was stored with spill_reg_store. This is a
161 copy of reload_out / reload_out_reg when the value was stored; if
162 reload_out is a MEM, spill_reg_stored_to will be set to reload_out_reg. */
163 static rtx spill_reg_stored_to
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
165 /* This table is the inverse mapping of spill_regs:
166 indexed by hard reg number,
167 it contains the position of that reg in spill_regs,
168 or -1 for something that is not in spill_regs.
170 ?!? This is no longer accurate. */
171 static short spill_reg_order
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
173 /* This reg set indicates registers that can't be used as spill registers for
174 the currently processed insn. These are the hard registers which are live
175 during the insn, but not allocated to pseudos, as well as fixed
177 static HARD_REG_SET bad_spill_regs
;
179 /* These are the hard registers that can't be used as spill register for any
180 insn. This includes registers used for user variables and registers that
181 we can't eliminate. A register that appears in this set also can't be used
182 to retry register allocation. */
183 static HARD_REG_SET bad_spill_regs_global
;
185 /* Describes order of use of registers for reloading
186 of spilled pseudo-registers. `n_spills' is the number of
187 elements that are actually valid; new ones are added at the end.
189 Both spill_regs and spill_reg_order are used on two occasions:
190 once during find_reload_regs, where they keep track of the spill registers
191 for a single insn, but also during reload_as_needed where they show all
192 the registers ever used by reload. For the latter case, the information
193 is calculated during finish_spills. */
194 static short spill_regs
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
196 /* This vector of reg sets indicates, for each pseudo, which hard registers
197 may not be used for retrying global allocation because the register was
198 formerly spilled from one of them. If we allowed reallocating a pseudo to
199 a register that it was already allocated to, reload might not
201 static HARD_REG_SET
*pseudo_previous_regs
;
203 /* This vector of reg sets indicates, for each pseudo, which hard
204 registers may not be used for retrying global allocation because they
205 are used as spill registers during one of the insns in which the
207 static HARD_REG_SET
*pseudo_forbidden_regs
;
209 /* All hard regs that have been used as spill registers for any insn are
210 marked in this set. */
211 static HARD_REG_SET used_spill_regs
;
213 /* Index of last register assigned as a spill register. We allocate in
214 a round-robin fashion. */
215 static int last_spill_reg
;
217 /* Nonzero if indirect addressing is supported on the machine; this means
218 that spilling (REG n) does not require reloading it into a register in
219 order to do (MEM (REG n)) or (MEM (PLUS (REG n) (CONST_INT c))). The
220 value indicates the level of indirect addressing supported, e.g., two
221 means that (MEM (MEM (REG n))) is also valid if (REG n) does not get
223 static char spill_indirect_levels
;
225 /* Nonzero if indirect addressing is supported when the innermost MEM is
226 of the form (MEM (SYMBOL_REF sym)). It is assumed that the level to
227 which these are valid is the same as spill_indirect_levels, above. */
228 char indirect_symref_ok
;
230 /* Nonzero if an address (plus (reg frame_pointer) (reg ...)) is valid. */
231 char double_reg_address_ok
;
233 /* Record the stack slot for each spilled hard register. */
234 static rtx spill_stack_slot
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
236 /* Width allocated so far for that stack slot. */
237 static unsigned int spill_stack_slot_width
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
239 /* Record which pseudos needed to be spilled. */
240 static regset_head spilled_pseudos
;
242 /* Used for communication between order_regs_for_reload and count_pseudo.
243 Used to avoid counting one pseudo twice. */
244 static regset_head pseudos_counted
;
246 /* First uid used by insns created by reload in this function.
247 Used in find_equiv_reg. */
248 int reload_first_uid
;
250 /* Flag set by local-alloc or global-alloc if anything is live in
251 a call-clobbered reg across calls. */
252 int caller_save_needed
;
254 /* Set to 1 while reload_as_needed is operating.
255 Required by some machines to handle any generated moves differently. */
256 int reload_in_progress
= 0;
258 /* These arrays record the insn_code of insns that may be needed to
259 perform input and output reloads of special objects. They provide a
260 place to pass a scratch register. */
261 enum insn_code reload_in_optab
[NUM_MACHINE_MODES
];
262 enum insn_code reload_out_optab
[NUM_MACHINE_MODES
];
264 /* This obstack is used for allocation of rtl during register elimination.
265 The allocated storage can be freed once find_reloads has processed the
267 struct obstack reload_obstack
;
269 /* Points to the beginning of the reload_obstack. All insn_chain structures
270 are allocated first. */
271 char *reload_startobj
;
273 /* The point after all insn_chain structures. Used to quickly deallocate
274 memory allocated in copy_reloads during calculate_needs_all_insns. */
275 char *reload_firstobj
;
277 /* This points before all local rtl generated by register elimination.
278 Used to quickly free all memory after processing one insn. */
279 static char *reload_insn_firstobj
;
281 /* List of insn_chain instructions, one for every insn that reload needs to
283 struct insn_chain
*reload_insn_chain
;
285 /* List of all insns needing reloads. */
286 static struct insn_chain
*insns_need_reload
;
288 /* This structure is used to record information about register eliminations.
289 Each array entry describes one possible way of eliminating a register
290 in favor of another. If there is more than one way of eliminating a
291 particular register, the most preferred should be specified first. */
295 int from
; /* Register number to be eliminated. */
296 int to
; /* Register number used as replacement. */
297 HOST_WIDE_INT initial_offset
; /* Initial difference between values. */
298 int can_eliminate
; /* Nonzero if this elimination can be done. */
299 int can_eliminate_previous
; /* Value of CAN_ELIMINATE in previous scan over
300 insns made by reload. */
301 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
; /* Current offset between the two regs. */
302 HOST_WIDE_INT previous_offset
;/* Offset at end of previous insn. */
303 int ref_outside_mem
; /* "to" has been referenced outside a MEM. */
304 rtx from_rtx
; /* REG rtx for the register to be eliminated.
305 We cannot simply compare the number since
306 we might then spuriously replace a hard
307 register corresponding to a pseudo
308 assigned to the reg to be eliminated. */
309 rtx to_rtx
; /* REG rtx for the replacement. */
312 static struct elim_table
*reg_eliminate
= 0;
314 /* This is an intermediate structure to initialize the table. It has
315 exactly the members provided by ELIMINABLE_REGS. */
316 static const struct elim_table_1
320 } reg_eliminate_1
[] =
322 /* If a set of eliminable registers was specified, define the table from it.
323 Otherwise, default to the normal case of the frame pointer being
324 replaced by the stack pointer. */
326 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
329 {{ FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
}};
332 #define NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS ARRAY_SIZE (reg_eliminate_1)
334 /* Record the number of pending eliminations that have an offset not equal
335 to their initial offset. If nonzero, we use a new copy of each
336 replacement result in any insns encountered. */
337 int num_not_at_initial_offset
;
339 /* Count the number of registers that we may be able to eliminate. */
340 static int num_eliminable
;
341 /* And the number of registers that are equivalent to a constant that
342 can be eliminated to frame_pointer / arg_pointer + constant. */
343 static int num_eliminable_invariants
;
345 /* For each label, we record the offset of each elimination. If we reach
346 a label by more than one path and an offset differs, we cannot do the
347 elimination. This information is indexed by the difference of the
348 number of the label and the first label number. We can't offset the
349 pointer itself as this can cause problems on machines with segmented
350 memory. The first table is an array of flags that records whether we
351 have yet encountered a label and the second table is an array of arrays,
352 one entry in the latter array for each elimination. */
354 static int first_label_num
;
355 static char *offsets_known_at
;
356 static HOST_WIDE_INT (*offsets_at
)[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
];
358 /* Number of labels in the current function. */
360 static int num_labels
;
362 static void replace_pseudos_in (rtx
*, enum machine_mode
, rtx
);
363 static void maybe_fix_stack_asms (void);
364 static void copy_reloads (struct insn_chain
*);
365 static void calculate_needs_all_insns (int);
366 static int find_reg (struct insn_chain
*, int);
367 static void find_reload_regs (struct insn_chain
*);
368 static void select_reload_regs (void);
369 static void delete_caller_save_insns (void);
371 static void spill_failure (rtx
, enum reg_class
);
372 static void count_spilled_pseudo (int, int, int);
373 static void delete_dead_insn (rtx
);
374 static void alter_reg (int, int);
375 static void set_label_offsets (rtx
, rtx
, int);
376 static void check_eliminable_occurrences (rtx
);
377 static void elimination_effects (rtx
, enum machine_mode
);
378 static int eliminate_regs_in_insn (rtx
, int);
379 static void update_eliminable_offsets (void);
380 static void mark_not_eliminable (rtx
, rtx
, void *);
381 static void set_initial_elim_offsets (void);
382 static void verify_initial_elim_offsets (void);
383 static void set_initial_label_offsets (void);
384 static void set_offsets_for_label (rtx
);
385 static void init_elim_table (void);
386 static void update_eliminables (HARD_REG_SET
*);
387 static void spill_hard_reg (unsigned int, int);
388 static int finish_spills (int);
389 static void ior_hard_reg_set (HARD_REG_SET
*, HARD_REG_SET
*);
390 static void scan_paradoxical_subregs (rtx
);
391 static void count_pseudo (int);
392 static void order_regs_for_reload (struct insn_chain
*);
393 static void reload_as_needed (int);
394 static void forget_old_reloads_1 (rtx
, rtx
, void *);
395 static int reload_reg_class_lower (const void *, const void *);
396 static void mark_reload_reg_in_use (unsigned int, int, enum reload_type
,
398 static void clear_reload_reg_in_use (unsigned int, int, enum reload_type
,
400 static int reload_reg_free_p (unsigned int, int, enum reload_type
);
401 static int reload_reg_free_for_value_p (int, int, int, enum reload_type
,
403 static int free_for_value_p (int, enum machine_mode
, int, enum reload_type
,
405 static int reload_reg_reaches_end_p (unsigned int, int, enum reload_type
);
406 static int allocate_reload_reg (struct insn_chain
*, int, int);
407 static int conflicts_with_override (rtx
);
408 static void failed_reload (rtx
, int);
409 static int set_reload_reg (int, int);
410 static void choose_reload_regs_init (struct insn_chain
*, rtx
*);
411 static void choose_reload_regs (struct insn_chain
*);
412 static void merge_assigned_reloads (rtx
);
413 static void emit_input_reload_insns (struct insn_chain
*, struct reload
*,
415 static void emit_output_reload_insns (struct insn_chain
*, struct reload
*,
417 static void do_input_reload (struct insn_chain
*, struct reload
*, int);
418 static void do_output_reload (struct insn_chain
*, struct reload
*, int);
419 static void emit_reload_insns (struct insn_chain
*);
420 static void delete_output_reload (rtx
, int, int);
421 static void delete_address_reloads (rtx
, rtx
);
422 static void delete_address_reloads_1 (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
423 static rtx
inc_for_reload (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, int);
425 static void add_auto_inc_notes (rtx
, rtx
);
427 static void copy_eh_notes (rtx
, rtx
);
429 /* Initialize the reload pass once per compilation. */
436 /* Often (MEM (REG n)) is still valid even if (REG n) is put on the stack.
437 Set spill_indirect_levels to the number of levels such addressing is
438 permitted, zero if it is not permitted at all. */
441 = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
,
444 LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
+ 1),
446 spill_indirect_levels
= 0;
448 while (memory_address_p (QImode
, tem
))
450 spill_indirect_levels
++;
451 tem
= gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, tem
);
454 /* See if indirect addressing is valid for (MEM (SYMBOL_REF ...)). */
456 tem
= gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, "foo"));
457 indirect_symref_ok
= memory_address_p (QImode
, tem
);
459 /* See if reg+reg is a valid (and offsettable) address. */
461 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
463 tem
= gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
,
464 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
),
465 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, i
));
467 /* This way, we make sure that reg+reg is an offsettable address. */
468 tem
= plus_constant (tem
, 4);
470 if (memory_address_p (QImode
, tem
))
472 double_reg_address_ok
= 1;
477 /* Initialize obstack for our rtl allocation. */
478 gcc_obstack_init (&reload_obstack
);
479 reload_startobj
= obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack
, 0);
481 INIT_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos
);
482 INIT_REG_SET (&pseudos_counted
);
485 /* List of insn chains that are currently unused. */
486 static struct insn_chain
*unused_insn_chains
= 0;
488 /* Allocate an empty insn_chain structure. */
490 new_insn_chain (void)
492 struct insn_chain
*c
;
494 if (unused_insn_chains
== 0)
496 c
= obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack
, sizeof (struct insn_chain
));
497 INIT_REG_SET (&c
->live_throughout
);
498 INIT_REG_SET (&c
->dead_or_set
);
502 c
= unused_insn_chains
;
503 unused_insn_chains
= c
->next
;
505 c
->is_caller_save_insn
= 0;
506 c
->need_operand_change
= 0;
512 /* Small utility function to set all regs in hard reg set TO which are
513 allocated to pseudos in regset FROM. */
516 compute_use_by_pseudos (HARD_REG_SET
*to
, regset from
)
520 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
521 (from
, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
, regno
,
523 int r
= reg_renumber
[regno
];
528 /* reload_combine uses the information from
529 BASIC_BLOCK->global_live_at_start, which might still
530 contain registers that have not actually been allocated
531 since they have an equivalence. */
532 if (! reload_completed
)
537 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (r
, PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (regno
));
539 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (*to
, r
+ nregs
);
544 /* Replace all pseudos found in LOC with their corresponding
548 replace_pseudos_in (rtx
*loc
, enum machine_mode mem_mode
, rtx usage
)
561 unsigned int regno
= REGNO (x
);
563 if (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
566 x
= eliminate_regs (x
, mem_mode
, usage
);
570 replace_pseudos_in (loc
, mem_mode
, usage
);
574 if (reg_equiv_constant
[regno
])
575 *loc
= reg_equiv_constant
[regno
];
576 else if (reg_equiv_mem
[regno
])
577 *loc
= reg_equiv_mem
[regno
];
578 else if (reg_equiv_address
[regno
])
579 *loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (x
), reg_equiv_address
[regno
]);
580 else if (GET_CODE (regno_reg_rtx
[regno
]) != REG
581 || REGNO (regno_reg_rtx
[regno
]) != regno
)
582 *loc
= regno_reg_rtx
[regno
];
588 else if (code
== MEM
)
590 replace_pseudos_in (& XEXP (x
, 0), GET_MODE (x
), usage
);
594 /* Process each of our operands recursively. */
595 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
596 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
); i
++, fmt
++)
598 replace_pseudos_in (&XEXP (x
, i
), mem_mode
, usage
);
599 else if (*fmt
== 'E')
600 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
601 replace_pseudos_in (& XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), mem_mode
, usage
);
605 /* Global variables used by reload and its subroutines. */
607 /* Set during calculate_needs if an insn needs register elimination. */
608 static int something_needs_elimination
;
609 /* Set during calculate_needs if an insn needs an operand changed. */
610 int something_needs_operands_changed
;
612 /* Nonzero means we couldn't get enough spill regs. */
615 /* Main entry point for the reload pass.
617 FIRST is the first insn of the function being compiled.
619 GLOBAL nonzero means we were called from global_alloc
620 and should attempt to reallocate any pseudoregs that we
621 displace from hard regs we will use for reloads.
622 If GLOBAL is zero, we do not have enough information to do that,
623 so any pseudo reg that is spilled must go to the stack.
625 Return value is nonzero if reload failed
626 and we must not do any more for this function. */
629 reload (rtx first
, int global
)
633 struct elim_table
*ep
;
636 /* Make sure even insns with volatile mem refs are recognizable. */
641 reload_firstobj
= obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack
, 0);
643 /* Make sure that the last insn in the chain
644 is not something that needs reloading. */
645 emit_note (NOTE_INSN_DELETED
);
647 /* Enable find_equiv_reg to distinguish insns made by reload. */
648 reload_first_uid
= get_max_uid ();
650 #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
651 /* Initialize the secondary memory table. */
652 clear_secondary_mem ();
655 /* We don't have a stack slot for any spill reg yet. */
656 memset (spill_stack_slot
, 0, sizeof spill_stack_slot
);
657 memset (spill_stack_slot_width
, 0, sizeof spill_stack_slot_width
);
659 /* Initialize the save area information for caller-save, in case some
663 /* Compute which hard registers are now in use
664 as homes for pseudo registers.
665 This is done here rather than (eg) in global_alloc
666 because this point is reached even if not optimizing. */
667 for (i
= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
< max_regno
; i
++)
670 /* A function that receives a nonlocal goto must save all call-saved
672 if (current_function_has_nonlocal_label
)
673 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
674 if (! call_used_regs
[i
] && ! fixed_regs
[i
] && ! LOCAL_REGNO (i
))
675 regs_ever_live
[i
] = 1;
677 #ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP
678 /* A function that calls setjmp should save and restore all the
679 call-saved registers on a system where longjmp clobbers them. */
680 if (NON_SAVING_SETJMP
&& current_function_calls_setjmp
)
682 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
683 if (! call_used_regs
[i
])
684 regs_ever_live
[i
] = 1;
688 /* Find all the pseudo registers that didn't get hard regs
689 but do have known equivalent constants or memory slots.
690 These include parameters (known equivalent to parameter slots)
691 and cse'd or loop-moved constant memory addresses.
693 Record constant equivalents in reg_equiv_constant
694 so they will be substituted by find_reloads.
695 Record memory equivalents in reg_mem_equiv so they can
696 be substituted eventually by altering the REG-rtx's. */
698 reg_equiv_constant
= xcalloc (max_regno
, sizeof (rtx
));
699 reg_equiv_mem
= xcalloc (max_regno
, sizeof (rtx
));
700 reg_equiv_init
= xcalloc (max_regno
, sizeof (rtx
));
701 reg_equiv_address
= xcalloc (max_regno
, sizeof (rtx
));
702 reg_max_ref_width
= xcalloc (max_regno
, sizeof (int));
703 reg_old_renumber
= xcalloc (max_regno
, sizeof (short));
704 memcpy (reg_old_renumber
, reg_renumber
, max_regno
* sizeof (short));
705 pseudo_forbidden_regs
= xmalloc (max_regno
* sizeof (HARD_REG_SET
));
706 pseudo_previous_regs
= xcalloc (max_regno
, sizeof (HARD_REG_SET
));
708 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (bad_spill_regs_global
);
710 /* Look for REG_EQUIV notes; record what each pseudo is equivalent to.
711 Also find all paradoxical subregs and find largest such for each pseudo.
712 On machines with small register classes, record hard registers that
713 are used for user variables. These can never be used for spills. */
715 num_eliminable_invariants
= 0;
716 for (insn
= first
; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
718 rtx set
= single_set (insn
);
720 /* We may introduce USEs that we want to remove at the end, so
721 we'll mark them with QImode. Make sure there are no
722 previously-marked insns left by say regmove. */
723 if (INSN_P (insn
) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == USE
724 && GET_MODE (insn
) != VOIDmode
)
725 PUT_MODE (insn
, VOIDmode
);
727 if (set
!= 0 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
)
729 rtx note
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_EQUIV
, NULL_RTX
);
731 #ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P
732 && (! function_invariant_p (XEXP (note
, 0))
734 /* A function invariant is often CONSTANT_P but may
735 include a register. We promise to only pass
736 CONSTANT_P objects to LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P. */
737 || (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note
, 0))
738 && LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (XEXP (note
, 0))))
742 rtx x
= XEXP (note
, 0);
743 i
= REGNO (SET_DEST (set
));
744 if (i
> LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
)
746 /* It can happen that a REG_EQUIV note contains a MEM
747 that is not a legitimate memory operand. As later
748 stages of reload assume that all addresses found
749 in the reg_equiv_* arrays were originally legitimate,
750 we ignore such REG_EQUIV notes.
752 It also can happen that a REG_EQUIV note contains a MEM
753 that carries the /u flag, for example when GCSE turns
754 the load of a constant into a move from a pseudo that
755 already contains the constant and attaches a REG_EQUAL
756 note to the insn, which is later promoted to REQ_EQUIV
757 by local-alloc. If the destination pseudo happens not
758 to be assigned to a hard reg, it will be replaced by
759 the MEM as the destination of the move, thus generating
760 a store to a possibly read-only memory location. */
761 if (memory_operand (x
, VOIDmode
) && ! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x
))
763 /* Always unshare the equivalence, so we can
764 substitute into this insn without touching the
766 reg_equiv_memory_loc
[i
] = copy_rtx (x
);
768 else if (function_invariant_p (x
))
770 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
)
772 /* This is PLUS of frame pointer and a constant,
773 and might be shared. Unshare it. */
774 reg_equiv_constant
[i
] = copy_rtx (x
);
775 num_eliminable_invariants
++;
777 else if (x
== frame_pointer_rtx
778 || x
== arg_pointer_rtx
)
780 reg_equiv_constant
[i
] = x
;
781 num_eliminable_invariants
++;
783 else if (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x
))
784 reg_equiv_constant
[i
] = x
;
787 reg_equiv_memory_loc
[i
]
788 = force_const_mem (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set
)), x
);
789 if (!reg_equiv_memory_loc
[i
])
796 /* If this register is being made equivalent to a MEM
797 and the MEM is not SET_SRC, the equivalencing insn
798 is one with the MEM as a SET_DEST and it occurs later.
799 So don't mark this insn now. */
800 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
801 || rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (set
), x
))
803 = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (VOIDmode
, insn
, reg_equiv_init
[i
]);
808 /* If this insn is setting a MEM from a register equivalent to it,
809 this is the equivalencing insn. */
810 else if (set
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == MEM
811 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) == REG
812 && reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (SET_SRC (set
))]
813 && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set
),
814 reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (SET_SRC (set
))]))
815 reg_equiv_init
[REGNO (SET_SRC (set
))]
816 = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (VOIDmode
, insn
,
817 reg_equiv_init
[REGNO (SET_SRC (set
))]);
820 scan_paradoxical_subregs (PATTERN (insn
));
825 first_label_num
= get_first_label_num ();
826 num_labels
= max_label_num () - first_label_num
;
828 /* Allocate the tables used to store offset information at labels. */
829 /* We used to use alloca here, but the size of what it would try to
830 allocate would occasionally cause it to exceed the stack limit and
831 cause a core dump. */
832 offsets_known_at
= xmalloc (num_labels
);
833 offsets_at
= xmalloc (num_labels
* NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
* sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
835 /* Alter each pseudo-reg rtx to contain its hard reg number.
836 Assign stack slots to the pseudos that lack hard regs or equivalents.
837 Do not touch virtual registers. */
839 for (i
= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
+ 1; i
< max_regno
; i
++)
842 /* If we have some registers we think can be eliminated, scan all insns to
843 see if there is an insn that sets one of these registers to something
844 other than itself plus a constant. If so, the register cannot be
845 eliminated. Doing this scan here eliminates an extra pass through the
846 main reload loop in the most common case where register elimination
848 for (insn
= first
; insn
&& num_eliminable
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
849 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
850 || GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
851 note_stores (PATTERN (insn
), mark_not_eliminable
, NULL
);
853 maybe_fix_stack_asms ();
855 insns_need_reload
= 0;
856 something_needs_elimination
= 0;
858 /* Initialize to -1, which means take the first spill register. */
861 /* Spill any hard regs that we know we can't eliminate. */
862 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (used_spill_regs
);
863 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
864 if (! ep
->can_eliminate
)
865 spill_hard_reg (ep
->from
, 1);
867 #if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
868 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
869 spill_hard_reg (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
, 1);
871 finish_spills (global
);
873 /* From now on, we may need to generate moves differently. We may also
874 allow modifications of insns which cause them to not be recognized.
875 Any such modifications will be cleaned up during reload itself. */
876 reload_in_progress
= 1;
878 /* This loop scans the entire function each go-round
879 and repeats until one repetition spills no additional hard regs. */
882 int something_changed
;
885 HOST_WIDE_INT starting_frame_size
;
887 /* Round size of stack frame to stack_alignment_needed. This must be done
888 here because the stack size may be a part of the offset computation
889 for register elimination, and there might have been new stack slots
890 created in the last iteration of this loop. */
891 if (cfun
->stack_alignment_needed
)
892 assign_stack_local (BLKmode
, 0, cfun
->stack_alignment_needed
);
894 starting_frame_size
= get_frame_size ();
896 set_initial_elim_offsets ();
897 set_initial_label_offsets ();
899 /* For each pseudo register that has an equivalent location defined,
900 try to eliminate any eliminable registers (such as the frame pointer)
901 assuming initial offsets for the replacement register, which
904 If the resulting location is directly addressable, substitute
905 the MEM we just got directly for the old REG.
907 If it is not addressable but is a constant or the sum of a hard reg
908 and constant, it is probably not addressable because the constant is
909 out of range, in that case record the address; we will generate
910 hairy code to compute the address in a register each time it is
911 needed. Similarly if it is a hard register, but one that is not
912 valid as an address register.
914 If the location is not addressable, but does not have one of the
915 above forms, assign a stack slot. We have to do this to avoid the
916 potential of producing lots of reloads if, e.g., a location involves
917 a pseudo that didn't get a hard register and has an equivalent memory
918 location that also involves a pseudo that didn't get a hard register.
920 Perhaps at some point we will improve reload_when_needed handling
921 so this problem goes away. But that's very hairy. */
923 for (i
= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
< max_regno
; i
++)
924 if (reg_renumber
[i
] < 0 && reg_equiv_memory_loc
[i
])
926 rtx x
= eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc
[i
], 0, NULL_RTX
);
928 if (strict_memory_address_p (GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx
[i
]),
930 reg_equiv_mem
[i
] = x
, reg_equiv_address
[i
] = 0;
931 else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x
, 0))
932 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
933 && REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
934 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
935 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == REG
936 && (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0))
937 < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
938 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1))))
939 reg_equiv_address
[i
] = XEXP (x
, 0), reg_equiv_mem
[i
] = 0;
942 /* Make a new stack slot. Then indicate that something
943 changed so we go back and recompute offsets for
944 eliminable registers because the allocation of memory
945 below might change some offset. reg_equiv_{mem,address}
946 will be set up for this pseudo on the next pass around
948 reg_equiv_memory_loc
[i
] = 0;
949 reg_equiv_init
[i
] = 0;
954 if (caller_save_needed
)
957 /* If we allocated another stack slot, redo elimination bookkeeping. */
958 if (starting_frame_size
!= get_frame_size ())
961 if (caller_save_needed
)
963 save_call_clobbered_regs ();
964 /* That might have allocated new insn_chain structures. */
965 reload_firstobj
= obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack
, 0);
968 calculate_needs_all_insns (global
);
970 CLEAR_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos
);
973 something_changed
= 0;
975 /* If we allocated any new memory locations, make another pass
976 since it might have changed elimination offsets. */
977 if (starting_frame_size
!= get_frame_size ())
978 something_changed
= 1;
981 HARD_REG_SET to_spill
;
982 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (to_spill
);
983 update_eliminables (&to_spill
);
984 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
985 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (to_spill
, i
))
987 spill_hard_reg (i
, 1);
990 /* Regardless of the state of spills, if we previously had
991 a register that we thought we could eliminate, but now can
992 not eliminate, we must run another pass.
994 Consider pseudos which have an entry in reg_equiv_* which
995 reference an eliminable register. We must make another pass
996 to update reg_equiv_* so that we do not substitute in the
997 old value from when we thought the elimination could be
999 something_changed
= 1;
1003 select_reload_regs ();
1007 if (insns_need_reload
!= 0 || did_spill
)
1008 something_changed
|= finish_spills (global
);
1010 if (! something_changed
)
1013 if (caller_save_needed
)
1014 delete_caller_save_insns ();
1016 obstack_free (&reload_obstack
, reload_firstobj
);
1019 /* If global-alloc was run, notify it of any register eliminations we have
1022 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
1023 if (ep
->can_eliminate
)
1024 mark_elimination (ep
->from
, ep
->to
);
1026 /* If a pseudo has no hard reg, delete the insns that made the equivalence.
1027 If that insn didn't set the register (i.e., it copied the register to
1028 memory), just delete that insn instead of the equivalencing insn plus
1029 anything now dead. If we call delete_dead_insn on that insn, we may
1030 delete the insn that actually sets the register if the register dies
1031 there and that is incorrect. */
1033 for (i
= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
< max_regno
; i
++)
1035 if (reg_renumber
[i
] < 0 && reg_equiv_init
[i
] != 0)
1038 for (list
= reg_equiv_init
[i
]; list
; list
= XEXP (list
, 1))
1040 rtx equiv_insn
= XEXP (list
, 0);
1042 /* If we already deleted the insn or if it may trap, we can't
1043 delete it. The latter case shouldn't happen, but can
1044 if an insn has a variable address, gets a REG_EH_REGION
1045 note added to it, and then gets converted into an load
1046 from a constant address. */
1047 if (GET_CODE (equiv_insn
) == NOTE
1048 || can_throw_internal (equiv_insn
))
1050 else if (reg_set_p (regno_reg_rtx
[i
], PATTERN (equiv_insn
)))
1051 delete_dead_insn (equiv_insn
);
1054 PUT_CODE (equiv_insn
, NOTE
);
1055 NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (equiv_insn
) = 0;
1056 NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (equiv_insn
) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED
;
1062 /* Use the reload registers where necessary
1063 by generating move instructions to move the must-be-register
1064 values into or out of the reload registers. */
1066 if (insns_need_reload
!= 0 || something_needs_elimination
1067 || something_needs_operands_changed
)
1069 HOST_WIDE_INT old_frame_size
= get_frame_size ();
1071 reload_as_needed (global
);
1073 if (old_frame_size
!= get_frame_size ())
1077 verify_initial_elim_offsets ();
1080 /* If we were able to eliminate the frame pointer, show that it is no
1081 longer live at the start of any basic block. If it ls live by
1082 virtue of being in a pseudo, that pseudo will be marked live
1083 and hence the frame pointer will be known to be live via that
1086 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1088 CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (bb
->global_live_at_start
,
1089 HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1091 /* Come here (with failure set nonzero) if we can't get enough spill regs
1092 and we decide not to abort about it. */
1095 CLEAR_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos
);
1096 reload_in_progress
= 0;
1098 /* Now eliminate all pseudo regs by modifying them into
1099 their equivalent memory references.
1100 The REG-rtx's for the pseudos are modified in place,
1101 so all insns that used to refer to them now refer to memory.
1103 For a reg that has a reg_equiv_address, all those insns
1104 were changed by reloading so that no insns refer to it any longer;
1105 but the DECL_RTL of a variable decl may refer to it,
1106 and if so this causes the debugging info to mention the variable. */
1108 for (i
= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
< max_regno
; i
++)
1112 if (reg_equiv_mem
[i
])
1113 addr
= XEXP (reg_equiv_mem
[i
], 0);
1115 if (reg_equiv_address
[i
])
1116 addr
= reg_equiv_address
[i
];
1120 if (reg_renumber
[i
] < 0)
1122 rtx reg
= regno_reg_rtx
[i
];
1124 REG_USERVAR_P (reg
) = 0;
1125 PUT_CODE (reg
, MEM
);
1126 XEXP (reg
, 0) = addr
;
1127 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc
[i
])
1128 MEM_COPY_ATTRIBUTES (reg
, reg_equiv_memory_loc
[i
]);
1131 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (reg
) = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (reg
)
1132 = MEM_SCALAR_P (reg
) = 0;
1133 MEM_ATTRS (reg
) = 0;
1136 else if (reg_equiv_mem
[i
])
1137 XEXP (reg_equiv_mem
[i
], 0) = addr
;
1141 /* We must set reload_completed now since the cleanup_subreg_operands call
1142 below will re-recognize each insn and reload may have generated insns
1143 which are only valid during and after reload. */
1144 reload_completed
= 1;
1146 /* Make a pass over all the insns and delete all USEs which we inserted
1147 only to tag a REG_EQUAL note on them. Remove all REG_DEAD and REG_UNUSED
1148 notes. Delete all CLOBBER insns, except those that refer to the return
1149 value and the special mem:BLK CLOBBERs added to prevent the scheduler
1150 from misarranging variable-array code, and simplify (subreg (reg))
1151 operands. Also remove all REG_RETVAL and REG_LIBCALL notes since they
1152 are no longer useful or accurate. Strip and regenerate REG_INC notes
1153 that may have been moved around. */
1155 for (insn
= first
; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1160 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1161 replace_pseudos_in (& CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
),
1162 VOIDmode
, CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
));
1164 if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == USE
1165 /* We mark with QImode USEs introduced by reload itself. */
1166 && (GET_MODE (insn
) == QImode
1167 || find_reg_note (insn
, REG_EQUAL
, NULL_RTX
)))
1168 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == CLOBBER
1169 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0)) != MEM
1170 || GET_MODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0)) != BLKmode
1171 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0), 0)) != SCRATCH
1172 && XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0), 0)
1173 != stack_pointer_rtx
))
1174 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0)) != REG
1175 || ! REG_FUNCTION_VALUE_P (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0)))))
1181 /* Some CLOBBERs may survive until here and still reference unassigned
1182 pseudos with const equivalent, which may in turn cause ICE in later
1183 passes if the reference remains in place. */
1184 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == CLOBBER
)
1185 replace_pseudos_in (& XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0),
1186 VOIDmode
, PATTERN (insn
));
1188 pnote
= ®_NOTES (insn
);
1191 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote
) == REG_DEAD
1192 || REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote
) == REG_UNUSED
1193 || REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote
) == REG_INC
1194 || REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote
) == REG_RETVAL
1195 || REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote
) == REG_LIBCALL
)
1196 *pnote
= XEXP (*pnote
, 1);
1198 pnote
= &XEXP (*pnote
, 1);
1202 add_auto_inc_notes (insn
, PATTERN (insn
));
1205 /* And simplify (subreg (reg)) if it appears as an operand. */
1206 cleanup_subreg_operands (insn
);
1209 /* If we are doing stack checking, give a warning if this function's
1210 frame size is larger than we expect. */
1211 if (flag_stack_check
&& ! STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
)
1213 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= get_frame_size () + STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE
;
1214 static int verbose_warned
= 0;
1216 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
1217 if (regs_ever_live
[i
] && ! fixed_regs
[i
] && call_used_regs
[i
])
1218 size
+= UNITS_PER_WORD
;
1220 if (size
> STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE
)
1222 warning ("frame size too large for reliable stack checking");
1223 if (! verbose_warned
)
1225 warning ("try reducing the number of local variables");
1231 /* Indicate that we no longer have known memory locations or constants. */
1232 if (reg_equiv_constant
)
1233 free (reg_equiv_constant
);
1234 reg_equiv_constant
= 0;
1235 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc
)
1236 free (reg_equiv_memory_loc
);
1237 reg_equiv_memory_loc
= 0;
1239 if (offsets_known_at
)
1240 free (offsets_known_at
);
1244 free (reg_equiv_mem
);
1245 free (reg_equiv_init
);
1246 free (reg_equiv_address
);
1247 free (reg_max_ref_width
);
1248 free (reg_old_renumber
);
1249 free (pseudo_previous_regs
);
1250 free (pseudo_forbidden_regs
);
1252 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (used_spill_regs
);
1253 for (i
= 0; i
< n_spills
; i
++)
1254 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (used_spill_regs
, spill_regs
[i
]);
1256 /* Free all the insn_chain structures at once. */
1257 obstack_free (&reload_obstack
, reload_startobj
);
1258 unused_insn_chains
= 0;
1259 fixup_abnormal_edges ();
1261 /* Replacing pseudos with their memory equivalents might have
1262 created shared rtx. Subsequent passes would get confused
1263 by this, so unshare everything here. */
1264 unshare_all_rtl_again (first
);
1266 #ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
1267 /* init_emit has set the alignment of the hard frame pointer
1268 to STACK_BOUNDARY. It is very likely no longer valid if
1269 the hard frame pointer was used for register allocation. */
1270 if (!frame_pointer_needed
)
1271 REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
) = BITS_PER_UNIT
;
1277 /* Yet another special case. Unfortunately, reg-stack forces people to
1278 write incorrect clobbers in asm statements. These clobbers must not
1279 cause the register to appear in bad_spill_regs, otherwise we'll call
1280 fatal_insn later. We clear the corresponding regnos in the live
1281 register sets to avoid this.
1282 The whole thing is rather sick, I'm afraid. */
1285 maybe_fix_stack_asms (void)
1288 const char *constraints
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
1289 enum machine_mode operand_mode
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
1290 struct insn_chain
*chain
;
1292 for (chain
= reload_insn_chain
; chain
!= 0; chain
= chain
->next
)
1295 HARD_REG_SET clobbered
, allowed
;
1298 if (! INSN_P (chain
->insn
)
1299 || (noperands
= asm_noperands (PATTERN (chain
->insn
))) < 0)
1301 pat
= PATTERN (chain
->insn
);
1302 if (GET_CODE (pat
) != PARALLEL
)
1305 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (clobbered
);
1306 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (allowed
);
1308 /* First, make a mask of all stack regs that are clobbered. */
1309 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (pat
, 0); i
++)
1311 rtx t
= XVECEXP (pat
, 0, i
);
1312 if (GET_CODE (t
) == CLOBBER
&& STACK_REG_P (XEXP (t
, 0)))
1313 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (clobbered
, REGNO (XEXP (t
, 0)));
1316 /* Get the operand values and constraints out of the insn. */
1317 decode_asm_operands (pat
, recog_data
.operand
, recog_data
.operand_loc
,
1318 constraints
, operand_mode
);
1320 /* For every operand, see what registers are allowed. */
1321 for (i
= 0; i
< noperands
; i
++)
1323 const char *p
= constraints
[i
];
1324 /* For every alternative, we compute the class of registers allowed
1325 for reloading in CLS, and merge its contents into the reg set
1327 int cls
= (int) NO_REGS
;
1333 if (c
== '\0' || c
== ',' || c
== '#')
1335 /* End of one alternative - mark the regs in the current
1336 class, and reset the class. */
1337 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (allowed
, reg_class_contents
[cls
]);
1343 } while (c
!= '\0' && c
!= ',');
1351 case '=': case '+': case '*': case '%': case '?': case '!':
1352 case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case 'm':
1353 case '<': case '>': case 'V': case 'o': case '&': case 'E':
1354 case 'F': case 's': case 'i': case 'n': case 'X': case 'I':
1355 case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
1360 cls
= (int) reg_class_subunion
[cls
]
1361 [(int) MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (VOIDmode
)];
1366 cls
= (int) reg_class_subunion
[cls
][(int) GENERAL_REGS
];
1370 if (EXTRA_ADDRESS_CONSTRAINT (c
, p
))
1371 cls
= (int) reg_class_subunion
[cls
]
1372 [(int) MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (VOIDmode
)];
1374 cls
= (int) reg_class_subunion
[cls
]
1375 [(int) REG_CLASS_FROM_CONSTRAINT (c
, p
)];
1377 p
+= CONSTRAINT_LEN (c
, p
);
1380 /* Those of the registers which are clobbered, but allowed by the
1381 constraints, must be usable as reload registers. So clear them
1382 out of the life information. */
1383 AND_HARD_REG_SET (allowed
, clobbered
);
1384 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
1385 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (allowed
, i
))
1387 CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (&chain
->live_throughout
, i
);
1388 CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (&chain
->dead_or_set
, i
);
1395 /* Copy the global variables n_reloads and rld into the corresponding elts
1398 copy_reloads (struct insn_chain
*chain
)
1400 chain
->n_reloads
= n_reloads
;
1401 chain
->rld
= obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack
,
1402 n_reloads
* sizeof (struct reload
));
1403 memcpy (chain
->rld
, rld
, n_reloads
* sizeof (struct reload
));
1404 reload_insn_firstobj
= obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack
, 0);
1407 /* Walk the chain of insns, and determine for each whether it needs reloads
1408 and/or eliminations. Build the corresponding insns_need_reload list, and
1409 set something_needs_elimination as appropriate. */
1411 calculate_needs_all_insns (int global
)
1413 struct insn_chain
**pprev_reload
= &insns_need_reload
;
1414 struct insn_chain
*chain
, *next
= 0;
1416 something_needs_elimination
= 0;
1418 reload_insn_firstobj
= obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack
, 0);
1419 for (chain
= reload_insn_chain
; chain
!= 0; chain
= next
)
1421 rtx insn
= chain
->insn
;
1425 /* Clear out the shortcuts. */
1426 chain
->n_reloads
= 0;
1427 chain
->need_elim
= 0;
1428 chain
->need_reload
= 0;
1429 chain
->need_operand_change
= 0;
1431 /* If this is a label, a JUMP_INSN, or has REG_NOTES (which might
1432 include REG_LABEL), we need to see what effects this has on the
1433 known offsets at labels. */
1435 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
|| GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
1436 || (INSN_P (insn
) && REG_NOTES (insn
) != 0))
1437 set_label_offsets (insn
, insn
, 0);
1441 rtx old_body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1442 int old_code
= INSN_CODE (insn
);
1443 rtx old_notes
= REG_NOTES (insn
);
1444 int did_elimination
= 0;
1445 int operands_changed
= 0;
1446 rtx set
= single_set (insn
);
1448 /* Skip insns that only set an equivalence. */
1449 if (set
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
1450 && reg_renumber
[REGNO (SET_DEST (set
))] < 0
1451 && reg_equiv_constant
[REGNO (SET_DEST (set
))])
1454 /* If needed, eliminate any eliminable registers. */
1455 if (num_eliminable
|| num_eliminable_invariants
)
1456 did_elimination
= eliminate_regs_in_insn (insn
, 0);
1458 /* Analyze the instruction. */
1459 operands_changed
= find_reloads (insn
, 0, spill_indirect_levels
,
1460 global
, spill_reg_order
);
1462 /* If a no-op set needs more than one reload, this is likely
1463 to be something that needs input address reloads. We
1464 can't get rid of this cleanly later, and it is of no use
1465 anyway, so discard it now.
1466 We only do this when expensive_optimizations is enabled,
1467 since this complements reload inheritance / output
1468 reload deletion, and it can make debugging harder. */
1469 if (flag_expensive_optimizations
&& n_reloads
> 1)
1471 rtx set
= single_set (insn
);
1473 && SET_SRC (set
) == SET_DEST (set
)
1474 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) == REG
1475 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
1478 /* Delete it from the reload chain. */
1480 chain
->prev
->next
= next
;
1482 reload_insn_chain
= next
;
1484 next
->prev
= chain
->prev
;
1485 chain
->next
= unused_insn_chains
;
1486 unused_insn_chains
= chain
;
1491 update_eliminable_offsets ();
1493 /* Remember for later shortcuts which insns had any reloads or
1494 register eliminations. */
1495 chain
->need_elim
= did_elimination
;
1496 chain
->need_reload
= n_reloads
> 0;
1497 chain
->need_operand_change
= operands_changed
;
1499 /* Discard any register replacements done. */
1500 if (did_elimination
)
1502 obstack_free (&reload_obstack
, reload_insn_firstobj
);
1503 PATTERN (insn
) = old_body
;
1504 INSN_CODE (insn
) = old_code
;
1505 REG_NOTES (insn
) = old_notes
;
1506 something_needs_elimination
= 1;
1509 something_needs_operands_changed
|= operands_changed
;
1513 copy_reloads (chain
);
1514 *pprev_reload
= chain
;
1515 pprev_reload
= &chain
->next_need_reload
;
1522 /* Comparison function for qsort to decide which of two reloads
1523 should be handled first. *P1 and *P2 are the reload numbers. */
1526 reload_reg_class_lower (const void *r1p
, const void *r2p
)
1528 int r1
= *(const short *) r1p
, r2
= *(const short *) r2p
;
1531 /* Consider required reloads before optional ones. */
1532 t
= rld
[r1
].optional
- rld
[r2
].optional
;
1536 /* Count all solitary classes before non-solitary ones. */
1537 t
= ((reg_class_size
[(int) rld
[r2
].class] == 1)
1538 - (reg_class_size
[(int) rld
[r1
].class] == 1));
1542 /* Aside from solitaires, consider all multi-reg groups first. */
1543 t
= rld
[r2
].nregs
- rld
[r1
].nregs
;
1547 /* Consider reloads in order of increasing reg-class number. */
1548 t
= (int) rld
[r1
].class - (int) rld
[r2
].class;
1552 /* If reloads are equally urgent, sort by reload number,
1553 so that the results of qsort leave nothing to chance. */
1557 /* The cost of spilling each hard reg. */
1558 static int spill_cost
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
1560 /* When spilling multiple hard registers, we use SPILL_COST for the first
1561 spilled hard reg and SPILL_ADD_COST for subsequent regs. SPILL_ADD_COST
1562 only the first hard reg for a multi-reg pseudo. */
1563 static int spill_add_cost
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
1565 /* Update the spill cost arrays, considering that pseudo REG is live. */
1568 count_pseudo (int reg
)
1570 int freq
= REG_FREQ (reg
);
1571 int r
= reg_renumber
[reg
];
1574 if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (&pseudos_counted
, reg
)
1575 || REGNO_REG_SET_P (&spilled_pseudos
, reg
))
1578 SET_REGNO_REG_SET (&pseudos_counted
, reg
);
1583 spill_add_cost
[r
] += freq
;
1585 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (r
, PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (reg
));
1587 spill_cost
[r
+ nregs
] += freq
;
1590 /* Calculate the SPILL_COST and SPILL_ADD_COST arrays and determine the
1591 contents of BAD_SPILL_REGS for the insn described by CHAIN. */
1594 order_regs_for_reload (struct insn_chain
*chain
)
1597 HARD_REG_SET used_by_pseudos
;
1598 HARD_REG_SET used_by_pseudos2
;
1600 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (bad_spill_regs
, fixed_reg_set
);
1602 memset (spill_cost
, 0, sizeof spill_cost
);
1603 memset (spill_add_cost
, 0, sizeof spill_add_cost
);
1605 /* Count number of uses of each hard reg by pseudo regs allocated to it
1606 and then order them by decreasing use. First exclude hard registers
1607 that are live in or across this insn. */
1609 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos
, &chain
->live_throughout
);
1610 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos2
, &chain
->dead_or_set
);
1611 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (bad_spill_regs
, used_by_pseudos
);
1612 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (bad_spill_regs
, used_by_pseudos2
);
1614 /* Now find out which pseudos are allocated to it, and update
1616 CLEAR_REG_SET (&pseudos_counted
);
1618 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
1619 (&chain
->live_throughout
, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
, i
,
1623 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
1624 (&chain
->dead_or_set
, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
, i
,
1628 CLEAR_REG_SET (&pseudos_counted
);
1631 /* Vector of reload-numbers showing the order in which the reloads should
1633 static short reload_order
[MAX_RELOADS
];
1635 /* This is used to keep track of the spill regs used in one insn. */
1636 static HARD_REG_SET used_spill_regs_local
;
1638 /* We decided to spill hard register SPILLED, which has a size of
1639 SPILLED_NREGS. Determine how pseudo REG, which is live during the insn,
1640 is affected. We will add it to SPILLED_PSEUDOS if necessary, and we will
1641 update SPILL_COST/SPILL_ADD_COST. */
1644 count_spilled_pseudo (int spilled
, int spilled_nregs
, int reg
)
1646 int r
= reg_renumber
[reg
];
1647 int nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (r
, PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (reg
));
1649 if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (&spilled_pseudos
, reg
)
1650 || spilled
+ spilled_nregs
<= r
|| r
+ nregs
<= spilled
)
1653 SET_REGNO_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos
, reg
);
1655 spill_add_cost
[r
] -= REG_FREQ (reg
);
1657 spill_cost
[r
+ nregs
] -= REG_FREQ (reg
);
1660 /* Find reload register to use for reload number ORDER. */
1663 find_reg (struct insn_chain
*chain
, int order
)
1665 int rnum
= reload_order
[order
];
1666 struct reload
*rl
= rld
+ rnum
;
1667 int best_cost
= INT_MAX
;
1671 HARD_REG_SET not_usable
;
1672 HARD_REG_SET used_by_other_reload
;
1674 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (not_usable
, bad_spill_regs
);
1675 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (not_usable
, bad_spill_regs_global
);
1676 IOR_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (not_usable
, reg_class_contents
[rl
->class]);
1678 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_other_reload
);
1679 for (k
= 0; k
< order
; k
++)
1681 int other
= reload_order
[k
];
1683 if (rld
[other
].regno
>= 0 && reloads_conflict (other
, rnum
))
1684 for (j
= 0; j
< rld
[other
].nregs
; j
++)
1685 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (used_by_other_reload
, rld
[other
].regno
+ j
);
1688 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
1690 unsigned int regno
= i
;
1692 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (not_usable
, regno
)
1693 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (used_by_other_reload
, regno
)
1694 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno
, rl
->mode
))
1696 int this_cost
= spill_cost
[regno
];
1698 unsigned int this_nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno
, rl
->mode
);
1700 for (j
= 1; j
< this_nregs
; j
++)
1702 this_cost
+= spill_add_cost
[regno
+ j
];
1703 if ((TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (not_usable
, regno
+ j
))
1704 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (used_by_other_reload
, regno
+ j
))
1709 if (rl
->in
&& GET_CODE (rl
->in
) == REG
&& REGNO (rl
->in
) == regno
)
1711 if (rl
->out
&& GET_CODE (rl
->out
) == REG
&& REGNO (rl
->out
) == regno
)
1713 if (this_cost
< best_cost
1714 /* Among registers with equal cost, prefer caller-saved ones, or
1715 use REG_ALLOC_ORDER if it is defined. */
1716 || (this_cost
== best_cost
1717 #ifdef REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1718 && (inv_reg_alloc_order
[regno
]
1719 < inv_reg_alloc_order
[best_reg
])
1721 && call_used_regs
[regno
]
1722 && ! call_used_regs
[best_reg
]
1727 best_cost
= this_cost
;
1735 fprintf (rtl_dump_file
, "Using reg %d for reload %d\n", best_reg
, rnum
);
1737 rl
->nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (best_reg
, rl
->mode
);
1738 rl
->regno
= best_reg
;
1740 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
1741 (&chain
->live_throughout
, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
, j
,
1743 count_spilled_pseudo (best_reg
, rl
->nregs
, j
);
1746 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
1747 (&chain
->dead_or_set
, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
, j
,
1749 count_spilled_pseudo (best_reg
, rl
->nregs
, j
);
1752 for (i
= 0; i
< rl
->nregs
; i
++)
1754 if (spill_cost
[best_reg
+ i
] != 0
1755 || spill_add_cost
[best_reg
+ i
] != 0)
1757 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (used_spill_regs_local
, best_reg
+ i
);
1762 /* Find more reload regs to satisfy the remaining need of an insn, which
1764 Do it by ascending class number, since otherwise a reg
1765 might be spilled for a big class and might fail to count
1766 for a smaller class even though it belongs to that class. */
1769 find_reload_regs (struct insn_chain
*chain
)
1773 /* In order to be certain of getting the registers we need,
1774 we must sort the reloads into order of increasing register class.
1775 Then our grabbing of reload registers will parallel the process
1776 that provided the reload registers. */
1777 for (i
= 0; i
< chain
->n_reloads
; i
++)
1779 /* Show whether this reload already has a hard reg. */
1780 if (chain
->rld
[i
].reg_rtx
)
1782 int regno
= REGNO (chain
->rld
[i
].reg_rtx
);
1783 chain
->rld
[i
].regno
= regno
;
1785 = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno
, GET_MODE (chain
->rld
[i
].reg_rtx
));
1788 chain
->rld
[i
].regno
= -1;
1789 reload_order
[i
] = i
;
1792 n_reloads
= chain
->n_reloads
;
1793 memcpy (rld
, chain
->rld
, n_reloads
* sizeof (struct reload
));
1795 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (used_spill_regs_local
);
1798 fprintf (rtl_dump_file
, "Spilling for insn %d.\n", INSN_UID (chain
->insn
));
1800 qsort (reload_order
, n_reloads
, sizeof (short), reload_reg_class_lower
);
1802 /* Compute the order of preference for hard registers to spill. */
1804 order_regs_for_reload (chain
);
1806 for (i
= 0; i
< n_reloads
; i
++)
1808 int r
= reload_order
[i
];
1810 /* Ignore reloads that got marked inoperative. */
1811 if ((rld
[r
].out
!= 0 || rld
[r
].in
!= 0 || rld
[r
].secondary_p
)
1812 && ! rld
[r
].optional
1813 && rld
[r
].regno
== -1)
1814 if (! find_reg (chain
, i
))
1816 spill_failure (chain
->insn
, rld
[r
].class);
1822 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (chain
->used_spill_regs
, used_spill_regs_local
);
1823 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (used_spill_regs
, used_spill_regs_local
);
1825 memcpy (chain
->rld
, rld
, n_reloads
* sizeof (struct reload
));
1829 select_reload_regs (void)
1831 struct insn_chain
*chain
;
1833 /* Try to satisfy the needs for each insn. */
1834 for (chain
= insns_need_reload
; chain
!= 0;
1835 chain
= chain
->next_need_reload
)
1836 find_reload_regs (chain
);
1839 /* Delete all insns that were inserted by emit_caller_save_insns during
1842 delete_caller_save_insns (void)
1844 struct insn_chain
*c
= reload_insn_chain
;
1848 while (c
!= 0 && c
->is_caller_save_insn
)
1850 struct insn_chain
*next
= c
->next
;
1853 if (c
== reload_insn_chain
)
1854 reload_insn_chain
= next
;
1858 next
->prev
= c
->prev
;
1860 c
->prev
->next
= next
;
1861 c
->next
= unused_insn_chains
;
1862 unused_insn_chains
= c
;
1870 /* Handle the failure to find a register to spill.
1871 INSN should be one of the insns which needed this particular spill reg. */
1874 spill_failure (rtx insn
, enum reg_class
class)
1876 static const char *const reg_class_names
[] = REG_CLASS_NAMES
;
1877 if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn
)) >= 0)
1878 error_for_asm (insn
, "can't find a register in class `%s' while reloading `asm'",
1879 reg_class_names
[class]);
1882 error ("unable to find a register to spill in class `%s'",
1883 reg_class_names
[class]);
1884 fatal_insn ("this is the insn:", insn
);
1888 /* Delete an unneeded INSN and any previous insns who sole purpose is loading
1889 data that is dead in INSN. */
1892 delete_dead_insn (rtx insn
)
1894 rtx prev
= prev_real_insn (insn
);
1897 /* If the previous insn sets a register that dies in our insn, delete it
1899 if (prev
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev
)) == SET
1900 && (prev_dest
= SET_DEST (PATTERN (prev
)), GET_CODE (prev_dest
) == REG
)
1901 && reg_mentioned_p (prev_dest
, PATTERN (insn
))
1902 && find_regno_note (insn
, REG_DEAD
, REGNO (prev_dest
))
1903 && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (PATTERN (prev
))))
1904 delete_dead_insn (prev
);
1906 PUT_CODE (insn
, NOTE
);
1907 NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED
;
1908 NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn
) = 0;
1911 /* Modify the home of pseudo-reg I.
1912 The new home is present in reg_renumber[I].
1914 FROM_REG may be the hard reg that the pseudo-reg is being spilled from;
1915 or it may be -1, meaning there is none or it is not relevant.
1916 This is used so that all pseudos spilled from a given hard reg
1917 can share one stack slot. */
1920 alter_reg (int i
, int from_reg
)
1922 /* When outputting an inline function, this can happen
1923 for a reg that isn't actually used. */
1924 if (regno_reg_rtx
[i
] == 0)
1927 /* If the reg got changed to a MEM at rtl-generation time,
1929 if (GET_CODE (regno_reg_rtx
[i
]) != REG
)
1932 /* Modify the reg-rtx to contain the new hard reg
1933 number or else to contain its pseudo reg number. */
1934 REGNO (regno_reg_rtx
[i
])
1935 = reg_renumber
[i
] >= 0 ? reg_renumber
[i
] : i
;
1937 /* If we have a pseudo that is needed but has no hard reg or equivalent,
1938 allocate a stack slot for it. */
1940 if (reg_renumber
[i
] < 0
1941 && REG_N_REFS (i
) > 0
1942 && reg_equiv_constant
[i
] == 0
1943 && reg_equiv_memory_loc
[i
] == 0)
1946 unsigned int inherent_size
= PSEUDO_REGNO_BYTES (i
);
1947 unsigned int total_size
= MAX (inherent_size
, reg_max_ref_width
[i
]);
1950 /* Each pseudo reg has an inherent size which comes from its own mode,
1951 and a total size which provides room for paradoxical subregs
1952 which refer to the pseudo reg in wider modes.
1954 We can use a slot already allocated if it provides both
1955 enough inherent space and enough total space.
1956 Otherwise, we allocate a new slot, making sure that it has no less
1957 inherent space, and no less total space, then the previous slot. */
1960 /* No known place to spill from => no slot to reuse. */
1961 x
= assign_stack_local (GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx
[i
]), total_size
,
1962 inherent_size
== total_size
? 0 : -1);
1963 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
1964 /* Cancel the big-endian correction done in assign_stack_local.
1965 Get the address of the beginning of the slot.
1966 This is so we can do a big-endian correction unconditionally
1968 adjust
= inherent_size
- total_size
;
1970 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x
) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx
[i
]);
1972 /* Nothing can alias this slot except this pseudo. */
1973 set_mem_alias_set (x
, new_alias_set ());
1976 /* Reuse a stack slot if possible. */
1977 else if (spill_stack_slot
[from_reg
] != 0
1978 && spill_stack_slot_width
[from_reg
] >= total_size
1979 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (spill_stack_slot
[from_reg
]))
1981 x
= spill_stack_slot
[from_reg
];
1983 /* Allocate a bigger slot. */
1986 /* Compute maximum size needed, both for inherent size
1987 and for total size. */
1988 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx
[i
]);
1991 if (spill_stack_slot
[from_reg
])
1993 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (spill_stack_slot
[from_reg
]))
1995 mode
= GET_MODE (spill_stack_slot
[from_reg
]);
1996 if (spill_stack_slot_width
[from_reg
] > total_size
)
1997 total_size
= spill_stack_slot_width
[from_reg
];
2000 /* Make a slot with that size. */
2001 x
= assign_stack_local (mode
, total_size
,
2002 inherent_size
== total_size
? 0 : -1);
2005 /* All pseudos mapped to this slot can alias each other. */
2006 if (spill_stack_slot
[from_reg
])
2007 set_mem_alias_set (x
, MEM_ALIAS_SET (spill_stack_slot
[from_reg
]));
2009 set_mem_alias_set (x
, new_alias_set ());
2011 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2013 /* Cancel the big-endian correction done in assign_stack_local.
2014 Get the address of the beginning of the slot.
2015 This is so we can do a big-endian correction unconditionally
2017 adjust
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) - total_size
;
2020 = adjust_address_nv (x
, mode_for_size (total_size
2026 spill_stack_slot
[from_reg
] = stack_slot
;
2027 spill_stack_slot_width
[from_reg
] = total_size
;
2030 /* On a big endian machine, the "address" of the slot
2031 is the address of the low part that fits its inherent mode. */
2032 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
&& inherent_size
< total_size
)
2033 adjust
+= (total_size
- inherent_size
);
2035 /* If we have any adjustment to make, or if the stack slot is the
2036 wrong mode, make a new stack slot. */
2037 x
= adjust_address_nv (x
, GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx
[i
]), adjust
);
2039 /* If we have a decl for the original register, set it for the
2040 memory. If this is a shared MEM, make a copy. */
2041 if (REG_EXPR (regno_reg_rtx
[i
])
2042 && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (REG_EXPR (regno_reg_rtx
[i
]))) == 'd')
2044 rtx decl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (REG_EXPR (regno_reg_rtx
[i
]));
2046 /* We can do this only for the DECLs home pseudo, not for
2047 any copies of it, since otherwise when the stack slot
2048 is reused, nonoverlapping_memrefs_p might think they
2050 if (decl
&& GET_CODE (decl
) == REG
&& REGNO (decl
) == (unsigned) i
)
2052 if (from_reg
!= -1 && spill_stack_slot
[from_reg
] == x
)
2055 set_mem_attrs_from_reg (x
, regno_reg_rtx
[i
]);
2059 /* Save the stack slot for later. */
2060 reg_equiv_memory_loc
[i
] = x
;
2064 /* Mark the slots in regs_ever_live for the hard regs
2065 used by pseudo-reg number REGNO. */
2068 mark_home_live (int regno
)
2072 i
= reg_renumber
[regno
];
2075 lim
= i
+ HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i
, PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (regno
));
2077 regs_ever_live
[i
++] = 1;
2080 /* This function handles the tracking of elimination offsets around branches.
2082 X is a piece of RTL being scanned.
2084 INSN is the insn that it came from, if any.
2086 INITIAL_P is nonzero if we are to set the offset to be the initial
2087 offset and zero if we are setting the offset of the label to be the
2091 set_label_offsets (rtx x
, rtx insn
, int initial_p
)
2093 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
2096 struct elim_table
*p
;
2101 if (LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x
))
2106 /* ... fall through ... */
2109 /* If we know nothing about this label, set the desired offsets. Note
2110 that this sets the offset at a label to be the offset before a label
2111 if we don't know anything about the label. This is not correct for
2112 the label after a BARRIER, but is the best guess we can make. If
2113 we guessed wrong, we will suppress an elimination that might have
2114 been possible had we been able to guess correctly. */
2116 if (! offsets_known_at
[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x
) - first_label_num
])
2118 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
; i
++)
2119 offsets_at
[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x
) - first_label_num
][i
]
2120 = (initial_p
? reg_eliminate
[i
].initial_offset
2121 : reg_eliminate
[i
].offset
);
2122 offsets_known_at
[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x
) - first_label_num
] = 1;
2125 /* Otherwise, if this is the definition of a label and it is
2126 preceded by a BARRIER, set our offsets to the known offset of
2130 && (tem
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
)) != 0
2131 && GET_CODE (tem
) == BARRIER
)
2132 set_offsets_for_label (insn
);
2134 /* If neither of the above cases is true, compare each offset
2135 with those previously recorded and suppress any eliminations
2136 where the offsets disagree. */
2138 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
; i
++)
2139 if (offsets_at
[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x
) - first_label_num
][i
]
2140 != (initial_p
? reg_eliminate
[i
].initial_offset
2141 : reg_eliminate
[i
].offset
))
2142 reg_eliminate
[i
].can_eliminate
= 0;
2147 set_label_offsets (PATTERN (insn
), insn
, initial_p
);
2149 /* ... fall through ... */
2153 /* Any labels mentioned in REG_LABEL notes can be branched to indirectly
2154 and hence must have all eliminations at their initial offsets. */
2155 for (tem
= REG_NOTES (x
); tem
; tem
= XEXP (tem
, 1))
2156 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (tem
) == REG_LABEL
)
2157 set_label_offsets (XEXP (tem
, 0), insn
, 1);
2163 /* Each of the labels in the parallel or address vector must be
2164 at their initial offsets. We want the first field for PARALLEL
2165 and ADDR_VEC and the second field for ADDR_DIFF_VEC. */
2167 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned) XVECLEN (x
, code
== ADDR_DIFF_VEC
); i
++)
2168 set_label_offsets (XVECEXP (x
, code
== ADDR_DIFF_VEC
, i
),
2173 /* We only care about setting PC. If the source is not RETURN,
2174 IF_THEN_ELSE, or a label, disable any eliminations not at
2175 their initial offsets. Similarly if any arm of the IF_THEN_ELSE
2176 isn't one of those possibilities. For branches to a label,
2177 call ourselves recursively.
2179 Note that this can disable elimination unnecessarily when we have
2180 a non-local goto since it will look like a non-constant jump to
2181 someplace in the current function. This isn't a significant
2182 problem since such jumps will normally be when all elimination
2183 pairs are back to their initial offsets. */
2185 if (SET_DEST (x
) != pc_rtx
)
2188 switch (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x
)))
2195 set_label_offsets (XEXP (SET_SRC (x
), 0), insn
, initial_p
);
2199 tem
= XEXP (SET_SRC (x
), 1);
2200 if (GET_CODE (tem
) == LABEL_REF
)
2201 set_label_offsets (XEXP (tem
, 0), insn
, initial_p
);
2202 else if (GET_CODE (tem
) != PC
&& GET_CODE (tem
) != RETURN
)
2205 tem
= XEXP (SET_SRC (x
), 2);
2206 if (GET_CODE (tem
) == LABEL_REF
)
2207 set_label_offsets (XEXP (tem
, 0), insn
, initial_p
);
2208 else if (GET_CODE (tem
) != PC
&& GET_CODE (tem
) != RETURN
)
2216 /* If we reach here, all eliminations must be at their initial
2217 offset because we are doing a jump to a variable address. */
2218 for (p
= reg_eliminate
; p
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; p
++)
2219 if (p
->offset
!= p
->initial_offset
)
2220 p
->can_eliminate
= 0;
2228 /* Scan X and replace any eliminable registers (such as fp) with a
2229 replacement (such as sp), plus an offset.
2231 MEM_MODE is the mode of an enclosing MEM. We need this to know how
2232 much to adjust a register for, e.g., PRE_DEC. Also, if we are inside a
2233 MEM, we are allowed to replace a sum of a register and the constant zero
2234 with the register, which we cannot do outside a MEM. In addition, we need
2235 to record the fact that a register is referenced outside a MEM.
2237 If INSN is an insn, it is the insn containing X. If we replace a REG
2238 in a SET_DEST with an equivalent MEM and INSN is nonzero, write a
2239 CLOBBER of the pseudo after INSN so find_equiv_regs will know that
2240 the REG is being modified.
2242 Alternatively, INSN may be a note (an EXPR_LIST or INSN_LIST).
2243 That's used when we eliminate in expressions stored in notes.
2244 This means, do not set ref_outside_mem even if the reference
2247 REG_EQUIV_MEM and REG_EQUIV_ADDRESS contain address that have had
2248 replacements done assuming all offsets are at their initial values. If
2249 they are not, or if REG_EQUIV_ADDRESS is nonzero for a pseudo we
2250 encounter, return the actual location so that find_reloads will do
2251 the proper thing. */
2254 eliminate_regs (rtx x
, enum machine_mode mem_mode
, rtx insn
)
2256 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
2257 struct elim_table
*ep
;
2264 if (! current_function_decl
)
2284 /* This is only for the benefit of the debugging backends, which call
2285 eliminate_regs on DECL_RTL; any ADDRESSOFs in the actual insns are
2286 removed after CSE. */
2287 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 0), 0, insn
);
2288 if (GET_CODE (new) == MEM
)
2289 return XEXP (new, 0);
2295 /* First handle the case where we encounter a bare register that
2296 is eliminable. Replace it with a PLUS. */
2297 if (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2299 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
];
2301 if (ep
->from_rtx
== x
&& ep
->can_eliminate
)
2302 return plus_constant (ep
->to_rtx
, ep
->previous_offset
);
2305 else if (reg_renumber
&& reg_renumber
[regno
] < 0
2306 && reg_equiv_constant
&& reg_equiv_constant
[regno
]
2307 && ! CONSTANT_P (reg_equiv_constant
[regno
]))
2308 return eliminate_regs (copy_rtx (reg_equiv_constant
[regno
]),
2312 /* You might think handling MINUS in a manner similar to PLUS is a
2313 good idea. It is not. It has been tried multiple times and every
2314 time the change has had to have been reverted.
2316 Other parts of reload know a PLUS is special (gen_reload for example)
2317 and require special code to handle code a reloaded PLUS operand.
2319 Also consider backends where the flags register is clobbered by a
2320 MINUS, but we can emit a PLUS that does not clobber flags (ia32,
2321 lea instruction comes to mind). If we try to reload a MINUS, we
2322 may kill the flags register that was holding a useful value.
2324 So, please before trying to handle MINUS, consider reload as a
2325 whole instead of this little section as well as the backend issues. */
2327 /* If this is the sum of an eliminable register and a constant, rework
2329 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
2330 && REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2331 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
2333 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
];
2335 if (ep
->from_rtx
== XEXP (x
, 0) && ep
->can_eliminate
)
2337 /* The only time we want to replace a PLUS with a REG (this
2338 occurs when the constant operand of the PLUS is the negative
2339 of the offset) is when we are inside a MEM. We won't want
2340 to do so at other times because that would change the
2341 structure of the insn in a way that reload can't handle.
2342 We special-case the commonest situation in
2343 eliminate_regs_in_insn, so just replace a PLUS with a
2344 PLUS here, unless inside a MEM. */
2345 if (mem_mode
!= 0 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
2346 && INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) == - ep
->previous_offset
)
2349 return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, ep
->to_rtx
,
2350 plus_constant (XEXP (x
, 1),
2351 ep
->previous_offset
));
2354 /* If the register is not eliminable, we are done since the other
2355 operand is a constant. */
2359 /* If this is part of an address, we want to bring any constant to the
2360 outermost PLUS. We will do this by doing register replacement in
2361 our operands and seeing if a constant shows up in one of them.
2363 Note that there is no risk of modifying the structure of the insn,
2364 since we only get called for its operands, thus we are either
2365 modifying the address inside a MEM, or something like an address
2366 operand of a load-address insn. */
2369 rtx new0
= eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 0), mem_mode
, insn
);
2370 rtx new1
= eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 1), mem_mode
, insn
);
2372 if (reg_renumber
&& (new0
!= XEXP (x
, 0) || new1
!= XEXP (x
, 1)))
2374 /* If one side is a PLUS and the other side is a pseudo that
2375 didn't get a hard register but has a reg_equiv_constant,
2376 we must replace the constant here since it may no longer
2377 be in the position of any operand. */
2378 if (GET_CODE (new0
) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (new1
) == REG
2379 && REGNO (new1
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2380 && reg_renumber
[REGNO (new1
)] < 0
2381 && reg_equiv_constant
!= 0
2382 && reg_equiv_constant
[REGNO (new1
)] != 0)
2383 new1
= reg_equiv_constant
[REGNO (new1
)];
2384 else if (GET_CODE (new1
) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (new0
) == REG
2385 && REGNO (new0
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2386 && reg_renumber
[REGNO (new0
)] < 0
2387 && reg_equiv_constant
[REGNO (new0
)] != 0)
2388 new0
= reg_equiv_constant
[REGNO (new0
)];
2390 new = form_sum (new0
, new1
);
2392 /* As above, if we are not inside a MEM we do not want to
2393 turn a PLUS into something else. We might try to do so here
2394 for an addition of 0 if we aren't optimizing. */
2395 if (! mem_mode
&& GET_CODE (new) != PLUS
)
2396 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x
), new, const0_rtx
);
2404 /* If this is the product of an eliminable register and a
2405 constant, apply the distribute law and move the constant out
2406 so that we have (plus (mult ..) ..). This is needed in order
2407 to keep load-address insns valid. This case is pathological.
2408 We ignore the possibility of overflow here. */
2409 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
2410 && REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2411 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
2412 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
];
2414 if (ep
->from_rtx
== XEXP (x
, 0) && ep
->can_eliminate
)
2417 /* Refs inside notes don't count for this purpose. */
2418 && ! (insn
!= 0 && (GET_CODE (insn
) == EXPR_LIST
2419 || GET_CODE (insn
) == INSN_LIST
)))
2420 ep
->ref_outside_mem
= 1;
2423 plus_constant (gen_rtx_MULT (Pmode
, ep
->to_rtx
, XEXP (x
, 1)),
2424 ep
->previous_offset
* INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)));
2427 /* ... fall through ... */
2431 /* See comments before PLUS about handling MINUS. */
2433 case DIV
: case UDIV
:
2434 case MOD
: case UMOD
:
2435 case AND
: case IOR
: case XOR
:
2436 case ROTATERT
: case ROTATE
:
2437 case ASHIFTRT
: case LSHIFTRT
: case ASHIFT
:
2439 case GE
: case GT
: case GEU
: case GTU
:
2440 case LE
: case LT
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
2442 rtx new0
= eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 0), mem_mode
, insn
);
2444 = XEXP (x
, 1) ? eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 1), mem_mode
, insn
) : 0;
2446 if (new0
!= XEXP (x
, 0) || new1
!= XEXP (x
, 1))
2447 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, GET_MODE (x
), new0
, new1
);
2452 /* If we have something in XEXP (x, 0), the usual case, eliminate it. */
2455 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 0), mem_mode
, insn
);
2456 if (new != XEXP (x
, 0))
2458 /* If this is a REG_DEAD note, it is not valid anymore.
2459 Using the eliminated version could result in creating a
2460 REG_DEAD note for the stack or frame pointer. */
2461 if (GET_MODE (x
) == REG_DEAD
)
2463 ? eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 1), mem_mode
, insn
)
2466 x
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NOTE_KIND (x
), new, XEXP (x
, 1));
2470 /* ... fall through ... */
2473 /* Now do eliminations in the rest of the chain. If this was
2474 an EXPR_LIST, this might result in allocating more memory than is
2475 strictly needed, but it simplifies the code. */
2478 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 1), mem_mode
, insn
);
2479 if (new != XEXP (x
, 1))
2481 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (x
), GET_MODE (x
), XEXP (x
, 0), new);
2489 case STRICT_LOW_PART
:
2491 case SIGN_EXTEND
: case ZERO_EXTEND
:
2492 case TRUNCATE
: case FLOAT_EXTEND
: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
2493 case FLOAT
: case FIX
:
2494 case UNSIGNED_FIX
: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
2502 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 0), mem_mode
, insn
);
2503 if (new != XEXP (x
, 0))
2504 return gen_rtx_fmt_e (code
, GET_MODE (x
), new);
2508 /* Similar to above processing, but preserve SUBREG_BYTE.
2509 Convert (subreg (mem)) to (mem) if not paradoxical.
2510 Also, if we have a non-paradoxical (subreg (pseudo)) and the
2511 pseudo didn't get a hard reg, we must replace this with the
2512 eliminated version of the memory location because push_reload
2513 may do the replacement in certain circumstances. */
2514 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)) == REG
2515 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
))
2516 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
))))
2517 && reg_equiv_memory_loc
!= 0
2518 && reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x
))] != 0)
2520 new = SUBREG_REG (x
);
2523 new = eliminate_regs (SUBREG_REG (x
), mem_mode
, insn
);
2525 if (new != SUBREG_REG (x
))
2527 int x_size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
));
2528 int new_size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (new));
2530 if (GET_CODE (new) == MEM
2531 && ((x_size
< new_size
2532 #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
2533 /* On these machines, combine can create rtl of the form
2534 (set (subreg:m1 (reg:m2 R) 0) ...)
2535 where m1 < m2, and expects something interesting to
2536 happen to the entire word. Moreover, it will use the
2537 (reg:m2 R) later, expecting all bits to be preserved.
2538 So if the number of words is the same, preserve the
2539 subreg so that push_reload can see it. */
2540 && ! ((x_size
- 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD
2541 == (new_size
-1 ) / UNITS_PER_WORD
)
2544 || x_size
== new_size
)
2546 return adjust_address_nv (new, GET_MODE (x
), SUBREG_BYTE (x
));
2548 return gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (x
), new, SUBREG_BYTE (x
));
2554 /* This is only for the benefit of the debugging backends, which call
2555 eliminate_regs on DECL_RTL; any ADDRESSOFs in the actual insns are
2556 removed after CSE. */
2557 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == ADDRESSOF
)
2558 return eliminate_regs (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 0, insn
);
2560 /* Our only special processing is to pass the mode of the MEM to our
2561 recursive call and copy the flags. While we are here, handle this
2562 case more efficiently. */
2564 replace_equiv_address_nv (x
,
2565 eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 0),
2566 GET_MODE (x
), insn
));
2569 /* Handle insn_list USE that a call to a pure function may generate. */
2570 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, 0), 0, insn
);
2571 if (new != XEXP (x
, 0))
2572 return gen_rtx_USE (GET_MODE (x
), new);
2584 /* Process each of our operands recursively. If any have changed, make a
2586 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
2587 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
); i
++, fmt
++)
2591 new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x
, i
), mem_mode
, insn
);
2592 if (new != XEXP (x
, i
) && ! copied
)
2594 rtx new_x
= rtx_alloc (code
);
2595 memcpy (new_x
, x
, RTX_SIZE (code
));
2601 else if (*fmt
== 'E')
2604 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
2606 new = eliminate_regs (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), mem_mode
, insn
);
2607 if (new != XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
) && ! copied_vec
)
2609 rtvec new_v
= gen_rtvec_v (XVECLEN (x
, i
),
2613 rtx new_x
= rtx_alloc (code
);
2614 memcpy (new_x
, x
, RTX_SIZE (code
));
2618 XVEC (x
, i
) = new_v
;
2621 XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
) = new;
2629 /* Scan rtx X for modifications of elimination target registers. Update
2630 the table of eliminables to reflect the changed state. MEM_MODE is
2631 the mode of an enclosing MEM rtx, or VOIDmode if not within a MEM. */
2634 elimination_effects (rtx x
, enum machine_mode mem_mode
)
2636 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
2637 struct elim_table
*ep
;
2664 /* First handle the case where we encounter a bare register that
2665 is eliminable. Replace it with a PLUS. */
2666 if (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2668 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
];
2670 if (ep
->from_rtx
== x
&& ep
->can_eliminate
)
2673 ep
->ref_outside_mem
= 1;
2678 else if (reg_renumber
[regno
] < 0 && reg_equiv_constant
2679 && reg_equiv_constant
[regno
]
2680 && ! function_invariant_p (reg_equiv_constant
[regno
]))
2681 elimination_effects (reg_equiv_constant
[regno
], mem_mode
);
2690 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
2691 if (ep
->to_rtx
== XEXP (x
, 0))
2693 int size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mem_mode
);
2695 /* If more bytes than MEM_MODE are pushed, account for them. */
2696 #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
2697 if (ep
->to_rtx
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2698 size
= PUSH_ROUNDING (size
);
2700 if (code
== PRE_DEC
|| code
== POST_DEC
)
2702 else if (code
== PRE_INC
|| code
== POST_INC
)
2704 else if ((code
== PRE_MODIFY
|| code
== POST_MODIFY
)
2705 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == PLUS
2706 && XEXP (x
, 0) == XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0)
2707 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 1)))
2708 ep
->offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 1));
2711 /* These two aren't unary operators. */
2712 if (code
== POST_MODIFY
|| code
== PRE_MODIFY
)
2715 /* Fall through to generic unary operation case. */
2716 case STRICT_LOW_PART
:
2718 case SIGN_EXTEND
: case ZERO_EXTEND
:
2719 case TRUNCATE
: case FLOAT_EXTEND
: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
2720 case FLOAT
: case FIX
:
2721 case UNSIGNED_FIX
: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
2729 elimination_effects (XEXP (x
, 0), mem_mode
);
2733 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)) == REG
2734 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
))
2735 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
))))
2736 && reg_equiv_memory_loc
!= 0
2737 && reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x
))] != 0)
2740 elimination_effects (SUBREG_REG (x
), mem_mode
);
2744 /* If using a register that is the source of an eliminate we still
2745 think can be performed, note it cannot be performed since we don't
2746 know how this register is used. */
2747 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
2748 if (ep
->from_rtx
== XEXP (x
, 0))
2749 ep
->can_eliminate
= 0;
2751 elimination_effects (XEXP (x
, 0), mem_mode
);
2755 /* If clobbering a register that is the replacement register for an
2756 elimination we still think can be performed, note that it cannot
2757 be performed. Otherwise, we need not be concerned about it. */
2758 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
2759 if (ep
->to_rtx
== XEXP (x
, 0))
2760 ep
->can_eliminate
= 0;
2762 elimination_effects (XEXP (x
, 0), mem_mode
);
2766 /* Check for setting a register that we know about. */
2767 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x
)) == REG
)
2769 /* See if this is setting the replacement register for an
2772 If DEST is the hard frame pointer, we do nothing because we
2773 assume that all assignments to the frame pointer are for
2774 non-local gotos and are being done at a time when they are valid
2775 and do not disturb anything else. Some machines want to
2776 eliminate a fake argument pointer (or even a fake frame pointer)
2777 with either the real frame or the stack pointer. Assignments to
2778 the hard frame pointer must not prevent this elimination. */
2780 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
];
2782 if (ep
->to_rtx
== SET_DEST (x
)
2783 && SET_DEST (x
) != hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2785 /* If it is being incremented, adjust the offset. Otherwise,
2786 this elimination can't be done. */
2787 rtx src
= SET_SRC (x
);
2789 if (GET_CODE (src
) == PLUS
2790 && XEXP (src
, 0) == SET_DEST (x
)
2791 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
2792 ep
->offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2794 ep
->can_eliminate
= 0;
2798 elimination_effects (SET_DEST (x
), 0);
2799 elimination_effects (SET_SRC (x
), 0);
2803 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == ADDRESSOF
)
2806 /* Our only special processing is to pass the mode of the MEM to our
2808 elimination_effects (XEXP (x
, 0), GET_MODE (x
));
2815 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
2816 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
); i
++, fmt
++)
2819 elimination_effects (XEXP (x
, i
), mem_mode
);
2820 else if (*fmt
== 'E')
2821 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
2822 elimination_effects (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), mem_mode
);
2826 /* Descend through rtx X and verify that no references to eliminable registers
2827 remain. If any do remain, mark the involved register as not
2831 check_eliminable_occurrences (rtx x
)
2840 code
= GET_CODE (x
);
2842 if (code
== REG
&& REGNO (x
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2844 struct elim_table
*ep
;
2846 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
2847 if (ep
->from_rtx
== x
&& ep
->can_eliminate
)
2848 ep
->can_eliminate
= 0;
2852 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
2853 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
); i
++, fmt
++)
2856 check_eliminable_occurrences (XEXP (x
, i
));
2857 else if (*fmt
== 'E')
2860 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
2861 check_eliminable_occurrences (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
));
2866 /* Scan INSN and eliminate all eliminable registers in it.
2868 If REPLACE is nonzero, do the replacement destructively. Also
2869 delete the insn as dead it if it is setting an eliminable register.
2871 If REPLACE is zero, do all our allocations in reload_obstack.
2873 If no eliminations were done and this insn doesn't require any elimination
2874 processing (these are not identical conditions: it might be updating sp,
2875 but not referencing fp; this needs to be seen during reload_as_needed so
2876 that the offset between fp and sp can be taken into consideration), zero
2877 is returned. Otherwise, 1 is returned. */
2880 eliminate_regs_in_insn (rtx insn
, int replace
)
2882 int icode
= recog_memoized (insn
);
2883 rtx old_body
= PATTERN (insn
);
2884 int insn_is_asm
= asm_noperands (old_body
) >= 0;
2885 rtx old_set
= single_set (insn
);
2889 rtx substed_operand
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
2890 rtx orig_operand
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
2891 struct elim_table
*ep
;
2893 if (! insn_is_asm
&& icode
< 0)
2895 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == USE
2896 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == CLOBBER
2897 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == ADDR_VEC
2898 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
2899 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == ASM_INPUT
)
2904 if (old_set
!= 0 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (old_set
)) == REG
2905 && REGNO (SET_DEST (old_set
)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2907 /* Check for setting an eliminable register. */
2908 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
2909 if (ep
->from_rtx
== SET_DEST (old_set
) && ep
->can_eliminate
)
2911 #if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2912 /* If this is setting the frame pointer register to the
2913 hardware frame pointer register and this is an elimination
2914 that will be done (tested above), this insn is really
2915 adjusting the frame pointer downward to compensate for
2916 the adjustment done before a nonlocal goto. */
2917 if (ep
->from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2918 && ep
->to
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2920 rtx base
= SET_SRC (old_set
);
2921 rtx base_insn
= insn
;
2922 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
2924 while (base
!= ep
->to_rtx
)
2926 rtx prev_insn
, prev_set
;
2928 if (GET_CODE (base
) == PLUS
2929 && GET_CODE (XEXP (base
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
2931 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (base
, 1));
2932 base
= XEXP (base
, 0);
2934 else if ((prev_insn
= prev_nonnote_insn (base_insn
)) != 0
2935 && (prev_set
= single_set (prev_insn
)) != 0
2936 && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (prev_set
), base
))
2938 base
= SET_SRC (prev_set
);
2939 base_insn
= prev_insn
;
2945 if (base
== ep
->to_rtx
)
2948 = plus_constant (ep
->to_rtx
, offset
- ep
->offset
);
2950 new_body
= old_body
;
2953 new_body
= copy_insn (old_body
);
2954 if (REG_NOTES (insn
))
2955 REG_NOTES (insn
) = copy_insn_1 (REG_NOTES (insn
));
2957 PATTERN (insn
) = new_body
;
2958 old_set
= single_set (insn
);
2960 /* First see if this insn remains valid when we
2961 make the change. If not, keep the INSN_CODE
2962 the same and let reload fit it up. */
2963 validate_change (insn
, &SET_SRC (old_set
), src
, 1);
2964 validate_change (insn
, &SET_DEST (old_set
),
2966 if (! apply_change_group ())
2968 SET_SRC (old_set
) = src
;
2969 SET_DEST (old_set
) = ep
->to_rtx
;
2978 /* In this case this insn isn't serving a useful purpose. We
2979 will delete it in reload_as_needed once we know that this
2980 elimination is, in fact, being done.
2982 If REPLACE isn't set, we can't delete this insn, but needn't
2983 process it since it won't be used unless something changes. */
2986 delete_dead_insn (insn
);
2994 /* We allow one special case which happens to work on all machines we
2995 currently support: a single set with the source being a PLUS of an
2996 eliminable register and a constant. */
2998 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (old_set
)) == REG
2999 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (old_set
)) == PLUS
3000 && GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set
), 0)) == REG
3001 && GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set
), 1)) == CONST_INT
3002 && REGNO (XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set
), 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3004 rtx reg
= XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set
), 0);
3005 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set
), 1));
3007 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
3008 if (ep
->from_rtx
== reg
&& ep
->can_eliminate
)
3010 offset
+= ep
->offset
;
3015 /* We assume here that if we need a PARALLEL with
3016 CLOBBERs for this assignment, we can do with the
3017 MATCH_SCRATCHes that add_clobbers allocates.
3018 There's not much we can do if that doesn't work. */
3019 PATTERN (insn
) = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
3023 INSN_CODE (insn
) = recog (PATTERN (insn
), insn
, &num_clobbers
);
3026 rtvec vec
= rtvec_alloc (num_clobbers
+ 1);
3028 vec
->elem
[0] = PATTERN (insn
);
3029 PATTERN (insn
) = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, vec
);
3030 add_clobbers (PATTERN (insn
), INSN_CODE (insn
));
3032 if (INSN_CODE (insn
) < 0)
3037 new_body
= old_body
;
3040 new_body
= copy_insn (old_body
);
3041 if (REG_NOTES (insn
))
3042 REG_NOTES (insn
) = copy_insn_1 (REG_NOTES (insn
));
3044 PATTERN (insn
) = new_body
;
3045 old_set
= single_set (insn
);
3047 XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set
), 0) = ep
->to_rtx
;
3048 XEXP (SET_SRC (old_set
), 1) = GEN_INT (offset
);
3051 /* This can't have an effect on elimination offsets, so skip right
3057 /* Determine the effects of this insn on elimination offsets. */
3058 elimination_effects (old_body
, 0);
3060 /* Eliminate all eliminable registers occurring in operands that
3061 can be handled by reload. */
3062 extract_insn (insn
);
3063 for (i
= 0; i
< recog_data
.n_operands
; i
++)
3065 orig_operand
[i
] = recog_data
.operand
[i
];
3066 substed_operand
[i
] = recog_data
.operand
[i
];
3068 /* For an asm statement, every operand is eliminable. */
3069 if (insn_is_asm
|| insn_data
[icode
].operand
[i
].eliminable
)
3071 /* Check for setting a register that we know about. */
3072 if (recog_data
.operand_type
[i
] != OP_IN
3073 && GET_CODE (orig_operand
[i
]) == REG
)
3075 /* If we are assigning to a register that can be eliminated, it
3076 must be as part of a PARALLEL, since the code above handles
3077 single SETs. We must indicate that we can no longer
3078 eliminate this reg. */
3079 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
];
3081 if (ep
->from_rtx
== orig_operand
[i
] && ep
->can_eliminate
)
3082 ep
->can_eliminate
= 0;
3085 substed_operand
[i
] = eliminate_regs (recog_data
.operand
[i
], 0,
3086 replace
? insn
: NULL_RTX
);
3087 if (substed_operand
[i
] != orig_operand
[i
])
3089 /* Terminate the search in check_eliminable_occurrences at
3091 *recog_data
.operand_loc
[i
] = 0;
3093 /* If an output operand changed from a REG to a MEM and INSN is an
3094 insn, write a CLOBBER insn. */
3095 if (recog_data
.operand_type
[i
] != OP_IN
3096 && GET_CODE (orig_operand
[i
]) == REG
3097 && GET_CODE (substed_operand
[i
]) == MEM
3099 emit_insn_after (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode
, orig_operand
[i
]),
3104 for (i
= 0; i
< recog_data
.n_dups
; i
++)
3105 *recog_data
.dup_loc
[i
]
3106 = *recog_data
.operand_loc
[(int) recog_data
.dup_num
[i
]];
3108 /* If any eliminable remain, they aren't eliminable anymore. */
3109 check_eliminable_occurrences (old_body
);
3111 /* Substitute the operands; the new values are in the substed_operand
3113 for (i
= 0; i
< recog_data
.n_operands
; i
++)
3114 *recog_data
.operand_loc
[i
] = substed_operand
[i
];
3115 for (i
= 0; i
< recog_data
.n_dups
; i
++)
3116 *recog_data
.dup_loc
[i
] = substed_operand
[(int) recog_data
.dup_num
[i
]];
3118 /* If we are replacing a body that was a (set X (plus Y Z)), try to
3119 re-recognize the insn. We do this in case we had a simple addition
3120 but now can do this as a load-address. This saves an insn in this
3122 If re-recognition fails, the old insn code number will still be used,
3123 and some register operands may have changed into PLUS expressions.
3124 These will be handled by find_reloads by loading them into a register
3129 /* If we aren't replacing things permanently and we changed something,
3130 make another copy to ensure that all the RTL is new. Otherwise
3131 things can go wrong if find_reload swaps commutative operands
3132 and one is inside RTL that has been copied while the other is not. */
3133 new_body
= old_body
;
3136 new_body
= copy_insn (old_body
);
3137 if (REG_NOTES (insn
))
3138 REG_NOTES (insn
) = copy_insn_1 (REG_NOTES (insn
));
3140 PATTERN (insn
) = new_body
;
3142 /* If we had a move insn but now we don't, rerecognize it. This will
3143 cause spurious re-recognition if the old move had a PARALLEL since
3144 the new one still will, but we can't call single_set without
3145 having put NEW_BODY into the insn and the re-recognition won't
3146 hurt in this rare case. */
3147 /* ??? Why this huge if statement - why don't we just rerecognize the
3151 && ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (old_set
)) == REG
3152 && (GET_CODE (new_body
) != SET
3153 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (new_body
)) != REG
))
3154 /* If this was a load from or store to memory, compare
3155 the MEM in recog_data.operand to the one in the insn.
3156 If they are not equal, then rerecognize the insn. */
3158 && ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (old_set
)) == MEM
3159 && SET_SRC (old_set
) != recog_data
.operand
[1])
3160 || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (old_set
)) == MEM
3161 && SET_DEST (old_set
) != recog_data
.operand
[0])))
3162 /* If this was an add insn before, rerecognize. */
3163 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (old_set
)) == PLUS
))
3165 int new_icode
= recog (PATTERN (insn
), insn
, 0);
3167 INSN_CODE (insn
) = icode
;
3171 /* Restore the old body. If there were any changes to it, we made a copy
3172 of it while the changes were still in place, so we'll correctly return
3173 a modified insn below. */
3176 /* Restore the old body. */
3177 for (i
= 0; i
< recog_data
.n_operands
; i
++)
3178 *recog_data
.operand_loc
[i
] = orig_operand
[i
];
3179 for (i
= 0; i
< recog_data
.n_dups
; i
++)
3180 *recog_data
.dup_loc
[i
] = orig_operand
[(int) recog_data
.dup_num
[i
]];
3183 /* Update all elimination pairs to reflect the status after the current
3184 insn. The changes we make were determined by the earlier call to
3185 elimination_effects.
3187 We also detect cases where register elimination cannot be done,
3188 namely, if a register would be both changed and referenced outside a MEM
3189 in the resulting insn since such an insn is often undefined and, even if
3190 not, we cannot know what meaning will be given to it. Note that it is
3191 valid to have a register used in an address in an insn that changes it
3192 (presumably with a pre- or post-increment or decrement).
3194 If anything changes, return nonzero. */
3196 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
3198 if (ep
->previous_offset
!= ep
->offset
&& ep
->ref_outside_mem
)
3199 ep
->can_eliminate
= 0;
3201 ep
->ref_outside_mem
= 0;
3203 if (ep
->previous_offset
!= ep
->offset
)
3208 /* If we changed something, perform elimination in REG_NOTES. This is
3209 needed even when REPLACE is zero because a REG_DEAD note might refer
3210 to a register that we eliminate and could cause a different number
3211 of spill registers to be needed in the final reload pass than in
3213 if (val
&& REG_NOTES (insn
) != 0)
3214 REG_NOTES (insn
) = eliminate_regs (REG_NOTES (insn
), 0, REG_NOTES (insn
));
3219 /* Loop through all elimination pairs.
3220 Recalculate the number not at initial offset.
3222 Compute the maximum offset (minimum offset if the stack does not
3223 grow downward) for each elimination pair. */
3226 update_eliminable_offsets (void)
3228 struct elim_table
*ep
;
3230 num_not_at_initial_offset
= 0;
3231 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
3233 ep
->previous_offset
= ep
->offset
;
3234 if (ep
->can_eliminate
&& ep
->offset
!= ep
->initial_offset
)
3235 num_not_at_initial_offset
++;
3239 /* Given X, a SET or CLOBBER of DEST, if DEST is the target of a register
3240 replacement we currently believe is valid, mark it as not eliminable if X
3241 modifies DEST in any way other than by adding a constant integer to it.
3243 If DEST is the frame pointer, we do nothing because we assume that
3244 all assignments to the hard frame pointer are nonlocal gotos and are being
3245 done at a time when they are valid and do not disturb anything else.
3246 Some machines want to eliminate a fake argument pointer with either the
3247 frame or stack pointer. Assignments to the hard frame pointer must not
3248 prevent this elimination.
3250 Called via note_stores from reload before starting its passes to scan
3251 the insns of the function. */
3254 mark_not_eliminable (rtx dest
, rtx x
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3258 /* A SUBREG of a hard register here is just changing its mode. We should
3259 not see a SUBREG of an eliminable hard register, but check just in
3261 if (GET_CODE (dest
) == SUBREG
)
3262 dest
= SUBREG_REG (dest
);
3264 if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
3267 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
; i
++)
3268 if (reg_eliminate
[i
].can_eliminate
&& dest
== reg_eliminate
[i
].to_rtx
3269 && (GET_CODE (x
) != SET
3270 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x
)) != PLUS
3271 || XEXP (SET_SRC (x
), 0) != dest
3272 || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (x
), 1)) != CONST_INT
))
3274 reg_eliminate
[i
].can_eliminate_previous
3275 = reg_eliminate
[i
].can_eliminate
= 0;
3280 /* Verify that the initial elimination offsets did not change since the
3281 last call to set_initial_elim_offsets. This is used to catch cases
3282 where something illegal happened during reload_as_needed that could
3283 cause incorrect code to be generated if we did not check for it. */
3286 verify_initial_elim_offsets (void)
3290 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
3291 struct elim_table
*ep
;
3293 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
3295 INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (ep
->from
, ep
->to
, t
);
3296 if (t
!= ep
->initial_offset
)
3300 INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (t
);
3301 if (t
!= reg_eliminate
[0].initial_offset
)
3306 /* Reset all offsets on eliminable registers to their initial values. */
3309 set_initial_elim_offsets (void)
3311 struct elim_table
*ep
= reg_eliminate
;
3313 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
3314 for (; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
3316 INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (ep
->from
, ep
->to
, ep
->initial_offset
);
3317 ep
->previous_offset
= ep
->offset
= ep
->initial_offset
;
3320 INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (ep
->initial_offset
);
3321 ep
->previous_offset
= ep
->offset
= ep
->initial_offset
;
3324 num_not_at_initial_offset
= 0;
3327 /* Subroutine of set_initial_label_offsets called via for_each_eh_label. */
3330 set_initial_eh_label_offset (rtx label
)
3332 set_label_offsets (label
, NULL_RTX
, 1);
3335 /* Initialize the known label offsets.
3336 Set a known offset for each forced label to be at the initial offset
3337 of each elimination. We do this because we assume that all
3338 computed jumps occur from a location where each elimination is
3339 at its initial offset.
3340 For all other labels, show that we don't know the offsets. */
3343 set_initial_label_offsets (void)
3346 memset (offsets_known_at
, 0, num_labels
);
3348 for (x
= forced_labels
; x
; x
= XEXP (x
, 1))
3350 set_label_offsets (XEXP (x
, 0), NULL_RTX
, 1);
3352 for_each_eh_label (set_initial_eh_label_offset
);
3355 /* Set all elimination offsets to the known values for the code label given
3359 set_offsets_for_label (rtx insn
)
3362 int label_nr
= CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
);
3363 struct elim_table
*ep
;
3365 num_not_at_initial_offset
= 0;
3366 for (i
= 0, ep
= reg_eliminate
; i
< NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
; ep
++, i
++)
3368 ep
->offset
= ep
->previous_offset
3369 = offsets_at
[label_nr
- first_label_num
][i
];
3370 if (ep
->can_eliminate
&& ep
->offset
!= ep
->initial_offset
)
3371 num_not_at_initial_offset
++;
3375 /* See if anything that happened changes which eliminations are valid.
3376 For example, on the SPARC, whether or not the frame pointer can
3377 be eliminated can depend on what registers have been used. We need
3378 not check some conditions again (such as flag_omit_frame_pointer)
3379 since they can't have changed. */
3382 update_eliminables (HARD_REG_SET
*pset
)
3384 int previous_frame_pointer_needed
= frame_pointer_needed
;
3385 struct elim_table
*ep
;
3387 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
3388 if ((ep
->from
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
)
3389 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
3390 || ! CAN_ELIMINATE (ep
->from
, ep
->to
)
3393 ep
->can_eliminate
= 0;
3395 /* Look for the case where we have discovered that we can't replace
3396 register A with register B and that means that we will now be
3397 trying to replace register A with register C. This means we can
3398 no longer replace register C with register B and we need to disable
3399 such an elimination, if it exists. This occurs often with A == ap,
3400 B == sp, and C == fp. */
3402 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
3404 struct elim_table
*op
;
3407 if (! ep
->can_eliminate
&& ep
->can_eliminate_previous
)
3409 /* Find the current elimination for ep->from, if there is a
3411 for (op
= reg_eliminate
;
3412 op
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; op
++)
3413 if (op
->from
== ep
->from
&& op
->can_eliminate
)
3419 /* See if there is an elimination of NEW_TO -> EP->TO. If so,
3421 for (op
= reg_eliminate
;
3422 op
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; op
++)
3423 if (op
->from
== new_to
&& op
->to
== ep
->to
)
3424 op
->can_eliminate
= 0;
3428 /* See if any registers that we thought we could eliminate the previous
3429 time are no longer eliminable. If so, something has changed and we
3430 must spill the register. Also, recompute the number of eliminable
3431 registers and see if the frame pointer is needed; it is if there is
3432 no elimination of the frame pointer that we can perform. */
3434 frame_pointer_needed
= 1;
3435 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
3437 if (ep
->can_eliminate
&& ep
->from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3438 && ep
->to
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
3439 frame_pointer_needed
= 0;
3441 if (! ep
->can_eliminate
&& ep
->can_eliminate_previous
)
3443 ep
->can_eliminate_previous
= 0;
3444 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (*pset
, ep
->from
);
3449 /* If we didn't need a frame pointer last time, but we do now, spill
3450 the hard frame pointer. */
3451 if (frame_pointer_needed
&& ! previous_frame_pointer_needed
)
3452 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (*pset
, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
3455 /* Initialize the table of registers to eliminate. */
3458 init_elim_table (void)
3460 struct elim_table
*ep
;
3461 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
3462 const struct elim_table_1
*ep1
;
3466 reg_eliminate
= xcalloc (sizeof (struct elim_table
), NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
);
3468 /* Does this function require a frame pointer? */
3470 frame_pointer_needed
= (! flag_omit_frame_pointer
3471 /* ?? If EXIT_IGNORE_STACK is set, we will not save
3472 and restore sp for alloca. So we can't eliminate
3473 the frame pointer in that case. At some point,
3474 we should improve this by emitting the
3475 sp-adjusting insns for this case. */
3476 || (current_function_calls_alloca
3477 && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
)
3478 || FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
);
3482 #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
3483 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
, ep1
= reg_eliminate_1
;
3484 ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++, ep1
++)
3486 ep
->from
= ep1
->from
;
3488 ep
->can_eliminate
= ep
->can_eliminate_previous
3489 = (CAN_ELIMINATE (ep
->from
, ep
->to
)
3490 && ! (ep
->to
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
&& frame_pointer_needed
));
3493 reg_eliminate
[0].from
= reg_eliminate_1
[0].from
;
3494 reg_eliminate
[0].to
= reg_eliminate_1
[0].to
;
3495 reg_eliminate
[0].can_eliminate
= reg_eliminate
[0].can_eliminate_previous
3496 = ! frame_pointer_needed
;
3499 /* Count the number of eliminable registers and build the FROM and TO
3500 REG rtx's. Note that code in gen_rtx will cause, e.g.,
3501 gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) to equal stack_pointer_rtx.
3502 We depend on this. */
3503 for (ep
= reg_eliminate
; ep
< ®_eliminate
[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS
]; ep
++)
3505 num_eliminable
+= ep
->can_eliminate
;
3506 ep
->from_rtx
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, ep
->from
);
3507 ep
->to_rtx
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, ep
->to
);
3511 /* Kick all pseudos out of hard register REGNO.
3513 If CANT_ELIMINATE is nonzero, it means that we are doing this spill
3514 because we found we can't eliminate some register. In the case, no pseudos
3515 are allowed to be in the register, even if they are only in a block that
3516 doesn't require spill registers, unlike the case when we are spilling this
3517 hard reg to produce another spill register.
3519 Return nonzero if any pseudos needed to be kicked out. */
3522 spill_hard_reg (unsigned int regno
, int cant_eliminate
)
3528 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs_global
, regno
);
3529 regs_ever_live
[regno
] = 1;
3532 /* Spill every pseudo reg that was allocated to this reg
3533 or to something that overlaps this reg. */
3535 for (i
= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
< max_regno
; i
++)
3536 if (reg_renumber
[i
] >= 0
3537 && (unsigned int) reg_renumber
[i
] <= regno
3538 && ((unsigned int) reg_renumber
[i
]
3539 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS ((unsigned int) reg_renumber
[i
],
3540 PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (i
))
3542 SET_REGNO_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos
, i
);
3545 /* I'm getting weird preprocessor errors if I use IOR_HARD_REG_SET
3546 from within EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET. Hence this awkwardness. */
3549 ior_hard_reg_set (HARD_REG_SET
*set1
, HARD_REG_SET
*set2
)
3551 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (*set1
, *set2
);
3554 /* After find_reload_regs has been run for all insn that need reloads,
3555 and/or spill_hard_regs was called, this function is used to actually
3556 spill pseudo registers and try to reallocate them. It also sets up the
3557 spill_regs array for use by choose_reload_regs. */
3560 finish_spills (int global
)
3562 struct insn_chain
*chain
;
3563 int something_changed
= 0;
3566 /* Build the spill_regs array for the function. */
3567 /* If there are some registers still to eliminate and one of the spill regs
3568 wasn't ever used before, additional stack space may have to be
3569 allocated to store this register. Thus, we may have changed the offset
3570 between the stack and frame pointers, so mark that something has changed.
3572 One might think that we need only set VAL to 1 if this is a call-used
3573 register. However, the set of registers that must be saved by the
3574 prologue is not identical to the call-used set. For example, the
3575 register used by the call insn for the return PC is a call-used register,
3576 but must be saved by the prologue. */
3579 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
3580 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (used_spill_regs
, i
))
3582 spill_reg_order
[i
] = n_spills
;
3583 spill_regs
[n_spills
++] = i
;
3584 if (num_eliminable
&& ! regs_ever_live
[i
])
3585 something_changed
= 1;
3586 regs_ever_live
[i
] = 1;
3589 spill_reg_order
[i
] = -1;
3591 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
3592 (&spilled_pseudos
, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
, i
,
3594 /* Record the current hard register the pseudo is allocated to in
3595 pseudo_previous_regs so we avoid reallocating it to the same
3596 hard reg in a later pass. */
3597 if (reg_renumber
[i
] < 0)
3600 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (pseudo_previous_regs
[i
], reg_renumber
[i
]);
3601 /* Mark it as no longer having a hard register home. */
3602 reg_renumber
[i
] = -1;
3603 /* We will need to scan everything again. */
3604 something_changed
= 1;
3607 /* Retry global register allocation if possible. */
3610 memset (pseudo_forbidden_regs
, 0, max_regno
* sizeof (HARD_REG_SET
));
3611 /* For every insn that needs reloads, set the registers used as spill
3612 regs in pseudo_forbidden_regs for every pseudo live across the
3614 for (chain
= insns_need_reload
; chain
; chain
= chain
->next_need_reload
)
3616 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
3617 (&chain
->live_throughout
, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
, i
,
3619 ior_hard_reg_set (pseudo_forbidden_regs
+ i
,
3620 &chain
->used_spill_regs
);
3622 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
3623 (&chain
->dead_or_set
, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
, i
,
3625 ior_hard_reg_set (pseudo_forbidden_regs
+ i
,
3626 &chain
->used_spill_regs
);
3630 /* Retry allocating the spilled pseudos. For each reg, merge the
3631 various reg sets that indicate which hard regs can't be used,
3632 and call retry_global_alloc.
3633 We change spill_pseudos here to only contain pseudos that did not
3634 get a new hard register. */
3635 for (i
= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
< max_regno
; i
++)
3636 if (reg_old_renumber
[i
] != reg_renumber
[i
])
3638 HARD_REG_SET forbidden
;
3639 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (forbidden
, bad_spill_regs_global
);
3640 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (forbidden
, pseudo_forbidden_regs
[i
]);
3641 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (forbidden
, pseudo_previous_regs
[i
]);
3642 retry_global_alloc (i
, forbidden
);
3643 if (reg_renumber
[i
] >= 0)
3644 CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (&spilled_pseudos
, i
);
3648 /* Fix up the register information in the insn chain.
3649 This involves deleting those of the spilled pseudos which did not get
3650 a new hard register home from the live_{before,after} sets. */
3651 for (chain
= reload_insn_chain
; chain
; chain
= chain
->next
)
3653 HARD_REG_SET used_by_pseudos
;
3654 HARD_REG_SET used_by_pseudos2
;
3656 AND_COMPL_REG_SET (&chain
->live_throughout
, &spilled_pseudos
);
3657 AND_COMPL_REG_SET (&chain
->dead_or_set
, &spilled_pseudos
);
3659 /* Mark any unallocated hard regs as available for spills. That
3660 makes inheritance work somewhat better. */
3661 if (chain
->need_reload
)
3663 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos
, &chain
->live_throughout
);
3664 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos2
, &chain
->dead_or_set
);
3665 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos
, used_by_pseudos2
);
3667 /* Save the old value for the sanity test below. */
3668 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (used_by_pseudos2
, chain
->used_spill_regs
);
3670 compute_use_by_pseudos (&used_by_pseudos
, &chain
->live_throughout
);
3671 compute_use_by_pseudos (&used_by_pseudos
, &chain
->dead_or_set
);
3672 COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (chain
->used_spill_regs
, used_by_pseudos
);
3673 AND_HARD_REG_SET (chain
->used_spill_regs
, used_spill_regs
);
3675 /* Make sure we only enlarge the set. */
3676 GO_IF_HARD_REG_SUBSET (used_by_pseudos2
, chain
->used_spill_regs
, ok
);
3682 /* Let alter_reg modify the reg rtx's for the modified pseudos. */
3683 for (i
= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
< max_regno
; i
++)
3685 int regno
= reg_renumber
[i
];
3686 if (reg_old_renumber
[i
] == regno
)
3689 alter_reg (i
, reg_old_renumber
[i
]);
3690 reg_old_renumber
[i
] = regno
;
3694 fprintf (rtl_dump_file
, " Register %d now on stack.\n\n", i
);
3696 fprintf (rtl_dump_file
, " Register %d now in %d.\n\n",
3697 i
, reg_renumber
[i
]);
3701 return something_changed
;
3704 /* Find all paradoxical subregs within X and update reg_max_ref_width.
3705 Also mark any hard registers used to store user variables as
3706 forbidden from being used for spill registers. */
3709 scan_paradoxical_subregs (rtx x
)
3713 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
3719 if (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
&& REGNO (x
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
3720 && REG_USERVAR_P (x
))
3721 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs_global
, REGNO (x
));
3730 case CONST_VECTOR
: /* shouldn't happen, but just in case. */
3738 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)) == REG
3739 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
))))
3740 reg_max_ref_width
[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x
))]
3741 = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
));
3748 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
3749 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3752 scan_paradoxical_subregs (XEXP (x
, i
));
3753 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'E')
3756 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
3757 scan_paradoxical_subregs (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
));
3762 /* Reload pseudo-registers into hard regs around each insn as needed.
3763 Additional register load insns are output before the insn that needs it
3764 and perhaps store insns after insns that modify the reloaded pseudo reg.
3766 reg_last_reload_reg and reg_reloaded_contents keep track of
3767 which registers are already available in reload registers.
3768 We update these for the reloads that we perform,
3769 as the insns are scanned. */
3772 reload_as_needed (int live_known
)
3774 struct insn_chain
*chain
;
3775 #if defined (AUTO_INC_DEC)
3780 memset (spill_reg_rtx
, 0, sizeof spill_reg_rtx
);
3781 memset (spill_reg_store
, 0, sizeof spill_reg_store
);
3782 reg_last_reload_reg
= xcalloc (max_regno
, sizeof (rtx
));
3783 reg_has_output_reload
= xmalloc (max_regno
);
3784 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_valid
);
3785 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered
);
3787 set_initial_elim_offsets ();
3789 for (chain
= reload_insn_chain
; chain
; chain
= chain
->next
)
3792 rtx insn
= chain
->insn
;
3793 rtx old_next
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
3795 /* If we pass a label, copy the offsets from the label information
3796 into the current offsets of each elimination. */
3797 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
)
3798 set_offsets_for_label (insn
);
3800 else if (INSN_P (insn
))
3802 rtx oldpat
= copy_rtx (PATTERN (insn
));
3804 /* If this is a USE and CLOBBER of a MEM, ensure that any
3805 references to eliminable registers have been removed. */
3807 if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == USE
3808 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == CLOBBER
)
3809 && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0)) == MEM
)
3810 XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0), 0)
3811 = eliminate_regs (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0), 0),
3812 GET_MODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0)),
3815 /* If we need to do register elimination processing, do so.
3816 This might delete the insn, in which case we are done. */
3817 if ((num_eliminable
|| num_eliminable_invariants
) && chain
->need_elim
)
3819 eliminate_regs_in_insn (insn
, 1);
3820 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
)
3822 update_eliminable_offsets ();
3827 /* If need_elim is nonzero but need_reload is zero, one might think
3828 that we could simply set n_reloads to 0. However, find_reloads
3829 could have done some manipulation of the insn (such as swapping
3830 commutative operands), and these manipulations are lost during
3831 the first pass for every insn that needs register elimination.
3832 So the actions of find_reloads must be redone here. */
3834 if (! chain
->need_elim
&& ! chain
->need_reload
3835 && ! chain
->need_operand_change
)
3837 /* First find the pseudo regs that must be reloaded for this insn.
3838 This info is returned in the tables reload_... (see reload.h).
3839 Also modify the body of INSN by substituting RELOAD
3840 rtx's for those pseudo regs. */
3843 memset (reg_has_output_reload
, 0, max_regno
);
3844 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_is_output_reload
);
3846 find_reloads (insn
, 1, spill_indirect_levels
, live_known
,
3852 rtx next
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
3855 prev
= PREV_INSN (insn
);
3857 /* Now compute which reload regs to reload them into. Perhaps
3858 reusing reload regs from previous insns, or else output
3859 load insns to reload them. Maybe output store insns too.
3860 Record the choices of reload reg in reload_reg_rtx. */
3861 choose_reload_regs (chain
);
3863 /* Merge any reloads that we didn't combine for fear of
3864 increasing the number of spill registers needed but now
3865 discover can be safely merged. */
3866 if (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
)
3867 merge_assigned_reloads (insn
);
3869 /* Generate the insns to reload operands into or out of
3870 their reload regs. */
3871 emit_reload_insns (chain
);
3873 /* Substitute the chosen reload regs from reload_reg_rtx
3874 into the insn's body (or perhaps into the bodies of other
3875 load and store insn that we just made for reloading
3876 and that we moved the structure into). */
3877 subst_reloads (insn
);
3879 /* If this was an ASM, make sure that all the reload insns
3880 we have generated are valid. If not, give an error
3883 if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn
)) >= 0)
3884 for (p
= NEXT_INSN (prev
); p
!= next
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
3885 if (p
!= insn
&& INSN_P (p
)
3886 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (p
)) != USE
3887 && (recog_memoized (p
) < 0
3888 || (extract_insn (p
), ! constrain_operands (1))))
3890 error_for_asm (insn
,
3891 "`asm' operand requires impossible reload");
3896 if (num_eliminable
&& chain
->need_elim
)
3897 update_eliminable_offsets ();
3899 /* Any previously reloaded spilled pseudo reg, stored in this insn,
3900 is no longer validly lying around to save a future reload.
3901 Note that this does not detect pseudos that were reloaded
3902 for this insn in order to be stored in
3903 (obeying register constraints). That is correct; such reload
3904 registers ARE still valid. */
3905 note_stores (oldpat
, forget_old_reloads_1
, NULL
);
3907 /* There may have been CLOBBER insns placed after INSN. So scan
3908 between INSN and NEXT and use them to forget old reloads. */
3909 for (x
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); x
!= old_next
; x
= NEXT_INSN (x
))
3910 if (GET_CODE (x
) == INSN
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (x
)) == CLOBBER
)
3911 note_stores (PATTERN (x
), forget_old_reloads_1
, NULL
);
3914 /* Likewise for regs altered by auto-increment in this insn.
3915 REG_INC notes have been changed by reloading:
3916 find_reloads_address_1 records substitutions for them,
3917 which have been performed by subst_reloads above. */
3918 for (i
= n_reloads
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3920 rtx in_reg
= rld
[i
].in_reg
;
3923 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (in_reg
);
3924 /* PRE_INC / PRE_DEC will have the reload register ending up
3925 with the same value as the stack slot, but that doesn't
3926 hold true for POST_INC / POST_DEC. Either we have to
3927 convert the memory access to a true POST_INC / POST_DEC,
3928 or we can't use the reload register for inheritance. */
3929 if ((code
== POST_INC
|| code
== POST_DEC
)
3930 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
,
3931 REGNO (rld
[i
].reg_rtx
))
3932 /* Make sure it is the inc/dec pseudo, and not
3933 some other (e.g. output operand) pseudo. */
3934 && ((unsigned) reg_reloaded_contents
[REGNO (rld
[i
].reg_rtx
)]
3935 == REGNO (XEXP (in_reg
, 0))))
3938 rtx reload_reg
= rld
[i
].reg_rtx
;
3939 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (reload_reg
);
3943 for (p
= PREV_INSN (old_next
); p
!= prev
; p
= PREV_INSN (p
))
3945 /* We really want to ignore REG_INC notes here, so
3946 use PATTERN (p) as argument to reg_set_p . */
3947 if (reg_set_p (reload_reg
, PATTERN (p
)))
3949 n
= count_occurrences (PATTERN (p
), reload_reg
, 0);
3954 n
= validate_replace_rtx (reload_reg
,
3955 gen_rtx (code
, mode
,
3959 /* We must also verify that the constraints
3960 are met after the replacement. */
3963 n
= constrain_operands (1);
3967 /* If the constraints were not met, then
3968 undo the replacement. */
3971 validate_replace_rtx (gen_rtx (code
, mode
,
3983 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_INC
, reload_reg
,
3985 /* Mark this as having an output reload so that the
3986 REG_INC processing code below won't invalidate
3987 the reload for inheritance. */
3988 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload
,
3989 REGNO (reload_reg
));
3990 reg_has_output_reload
[REGNO (XEXP (in_reg
, 0))] = 1;
3993 forget_old_reloads_1 (XEXP (in_reg
, 0), NULL_RTX
,
3996 else if ((code
== PRE_INC
|| code
== PRE_DEC
)
3997 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
,
3998 REGNO (rld
[i
].reg_rtx
))
3999 /* Make sure it is the inc/dec pseudo, and not
4000 some other (e.g. output operand) pseudo. */
4001 && ((unsigned) reg_reloaded_contents
[REGNO (rld
[i
].reg_rtx
)]
4002 == REGNO (XEXP (in_reg
, 0))))
4004 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload
,
4005 REGNO (rld
[i
].reg_rtx
));
4006 reg_has_output_reload
[REGNO (XEXP (in_reg
, 0))] = 1;
4010 /* If a pseudo that got a hard register is auto-incremented,
4011 we must purge records of copying it into pseudos without
4013 for (x
= REG_NOTES (insn
); x
; x
= XEXP (x
, 1))
4014 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (x
) == REG_INC
)
4016 /* See if this pseudo reg was reloaded in this insn.
4017 If so, its last-reload info is still valid
4018 because it is based on this insn's reload. */
4019 for (i
= 0; i
< n_reloads
; i
++)
4020 if (rld
[i
].out
== XEXP (x
, 0))
4024 forget_old_reloads_1 (XEXP (x
, 0), NULL_RTX
, NULL
);
4028 /* A reload reg's contents are unknown after a label. */
4029 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
)
4030 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_valid
);
4032 /* Don't assume a reload reg is still good after a call insn
4033 if it is a call-used reg, or if it contains a value that will
4034 be partially clobbered by the call. */
4035 else if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
4037 AND_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_valid
, call_used_reg_set
);
4038 AND_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_valid
, reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered
);
4043 free (reg_last_reload_reg
);
4044 free (reg_has_output_reload
);
4047 /* Discard all record of any value reloaded from X,
4048 or reloaded in X from someplace else;
4049 unless X is an output reload reg of the current insn.
4051 X may be a hard reg (the reload reg)
4052 or it may be a pseudo reg that was reloaded from. */
4055 forget_old_reloads_1 (rtx x
, rtx ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4056 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4061 /* note_stores does give us subregs of hard regs,
4062 subreg_regno_offset will abort if it is not a hard reg. */
4063 while (GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
)
4065 /* We ignore the subreg offset when calculating the regno,
4066 because we are using the entire underlying hard register
4071 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
4076 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4082 nr
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno
, GET_MODE (x
));
4083 /* Storing into a spilled-reg invalidates its contents.
4084 This can happen if a block-local pseudo is allocated to that reg
4085 and it wasn't spilled because this block's total need is 0.
4086 Then some insn might have an optional reload and use this reg. */
4087 for (i
= 0; i
< nr
; i
++)
4088 /* But don't do this if the reg actually serves as an output
4089 reload reg in the current instruction. */
4091 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload
, regno
+ i
))
4093 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, regno
+ i
);
4094 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered
, regno
+ i
);
4095 spill_reg_store
[regno
+ i
] = 0;
4099 /* Since value of X has changed,
4100 forget any value previously copied from it. */
4103 /* But don't forget a copy if this is the output reload
4104 that establishes the copy's validity. */
4105 if (n_reloads
== 0 || reg_has_output_reload
[regno
+ nr
] == 0)
4106 reg_last_reload_reg
[regno
+ nr
] = 0;
4109 /* The following HARD_REG_SETs indicate when each hard register is
4110 used for a reload of various parts of the current insn. */
4112 /* If reg is unavailable for all reloads. */
4113 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_unavailable
;
4114 /* If reg is in use as a reload reg for a RELOAD_OTHER reload. */
4115 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used
;
4116 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reload for operand I. */
4117 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_input_addr
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
4118 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS reload for operand I. */
4119 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
4120 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS reload for operand I. */
4121 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
4122 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS reload for operand I. */
4123 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
4124 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reload for operand I. */
4125 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_input
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
4126 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT reload for operand I. */
4127 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_output
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
4128 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reload. */
4129 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
;
4130 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR reload. */
4131 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload
;
4132 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_INSN reload. */
4133 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_insn
;
4134 /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS reload. */
4135 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_other_addr
;
4137 /* If reg is in use as a reload reg for any sort of reload. */
4138 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_at_all
;
4140 /* If reg is use as an inherited reload. We just mark the first register
4142 static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_for_inherit
;
4144 /* Records which hard regs are used in any way, either as explicit use or
4145 by being allocated to a pseudo during any point of the current insn. */
4146 static HARD_REG_SET reg_used_in_insn
;
4148 /* Mark reg REGNO as in use for a reload of the sort spec'd by OPNUM and
4149 TYPE. MODE is used to indicate how many consecutive regs are
4153 mark_reload_reg_in_use (unsigned int regno
, int opnum
, enum reload_type type
,
4154 enum machine_mode mode
)
4156 unsigned int nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno
, mode
);
4159 for (i
= regno
; i
< nregs
+ regno
; i
++)
4164 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used
, i
);
4167 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
:
4168 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr
[opnum
], i
);
4171 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
:
4172 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[opnum
], i
);
4175 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
:
4176 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[opnum
], i
);
4179 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
:
4180 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[opnum
], i
);
4183 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
:
4184 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
, i
);
4187 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
:
4188 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload
, i
);
4191 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
:
4192 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_other_addr
, i
);
4195 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
:
4196 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[opnum
], i
);
4199 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
:
4200 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output
[opnum
], i
);
4203 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN
:
4204 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn
, i
);
4208 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_at_all
, i
);
4212 /* Similarly, but show REGNO is no longer in use for a reload. */
4215 clear_reload_reg_in_use (unsigned int regno
, int opnum
,
4216 enum reload_type type
, enum machine_mode mode
)
4218 unsigned int nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno
, mode
);
4219 unsigned int start_regno
, end_regno
, r
;
4221 /* A complication is that for some reload types, inheritance might
4222 allow multiple reloads of the same types to share a reload register.
4223 We set check_opnum if we have to check only reloads with the same
4224 operand number, and check_any if we have to check all reloads. */
4225 int check_opnum
= 0;
4227 HARD_REG_SET
*used_in_set
;
4232 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used
;
4235 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
:
4236 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used_in_input_addr
[opnum
];
4239 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
:
4241 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[opnum
];
4244 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
:
4245 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[opnum
];
4248 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
:
4250 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[opnum
];
4253 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
:
4254 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
;
4257 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
:
4259 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload
;
4262 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
:
4263 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used_in_other_addr
;
4267 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
:
4268 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used_in_input
[opnum
];
4271 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
:
4272 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used_in_output
[opnum
];
4275 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN
:
4276 used_in_set
= &reload_reg_used_in_insn
;
4281 /* We resolve conflicts with remaining reloads of the same type by
4282 excluding the intervals of reload registers by them from the
4283 interval of freed reload registers. Since we only keep track of
4284 one set of interval bounds, we might have to exclude somewhat
4285 more than what would be necessary if we used a HARD_REG_SET here.
4286 But this should only happen very infrequently, so there should
4287 be no reason to worry about it. */
4289 start_regno
= regno
;
4290 end_regno
= regno
+ nregs
;
4291 if (check_opnum
|| check_any
)
4293 for (i
= n_reloads
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4295 if (rld
[i
].when_needed
== type
4296 && (check_any
|| rld
[i
].opnum
== opnum
)
4299 unsigned int conflict_start
= true_regnum (rld
[i
].reg_rtx
);
4300 unsigned int conflict_end
4302 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (conflict_start
, rld
[i
].mode
));
4304 /* If there is an overlap with the first to-be-freed register,
4305 adjust the interval start. */
4306 if (conflict_start
<= start_regno
&& conflict_end
> start_regno
)
4307 start_regno
= conflict_end
;
4308 /* Otherwise, if there is a conflict with one of the other
4309 to-be-freed registers, adjust the interval end. */
4310 if (conflict_start
> start_regno
&& conflict_start
< end_regno
)
4311 end_regno
= conflict_start
;
4316 for (r
= start_regno
; r
< end_regno
; r
++)
4317 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (*used_in_set
, r
);
4320 /* 1 if reg REGNO is free as a reload reg for a reload of the sort
4321 specified by OPNUM and TYPE. */
4324 reload_reg_free_p (unsigned int regno
, int opnum
, enum reload_type type
)
4328 /* In use for a RELOAD_OTHER means it's not available for anything. */
4329 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used
, regno
)
4330 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_unavailable
, regno
))
4336 /* In use for anything means we can't use it for RELOAD_OTHER. */
4337 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_other_addr
, regno
)
4338 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
, regno
)
4339 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload
, regno
)
4340 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn
, regno
))
4343 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4344 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr
[i
], regno
)
4345 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[i
], regno
)
4346 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[i
], regno
)
4347 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[i
], regno
)
4348 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
], regno
)
4349 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output
[i
], regno
))
4354 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
:
4355 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn
, regno
)
4356 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
, regno
))
4359 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload
, regno
))
4362 /* If it is used for some other input, can't use it. */
4363 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4364 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
], regno
))
4367 /* If it is used in a later operand's address, can't use it. */
4368 for (i
= opnum
+ 1; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4369 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr
[i
], regno
)
4370 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[i
], regno
))
4375 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
:
4376 /* Can't use a register if it is used for an input address for this
4377 operand or used as an input in an earlier one. */
4378 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr
[opnum
], regno
)
4379 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[opnum
], regno
))
4382 for (i
= 0; i
< opnum
; i
++)
4383 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
], regno
))
4388 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
:
4389 /* Can't use a register if it is used for an input address
4390 for this operand or used as an input in an earlier
4392 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[opnum
], regno
))
4395 for (i
= 0; i
< opnum
; i
++)
4396 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
], regno
))
4401 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
:
4402 /* Can't use a register if it is used for an output address for this
4403 operand or used as an output in this or a later operand. Note
4404 that multiple output operands are emitted in reverse order, so
4405 the conflicting ones are those with lower indices. */
4406 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[opnum
], regno
))
4409 for (i
= 0; i
<= opnum
; i
++)
4410 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output
[i
], regno
))
4415 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
:
4416 /* Can't use a register if it is used for an output address
4417 for this operand or used as an output in this or a
4418 later operand. Note that multiple output operands are
4419 emitted in reverse order, so the conflicting ones are
4420 those with lower indices. */
4421 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[opnum
], regno
))
4424 for (i
= 0; i
<= opnum
; i
++)
4425 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output
[i
], regno
))
4430 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
:
4431 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4432 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
], regno
))
4435 return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn
, regno
)
4436 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
, regno
));
4438 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
:
4439 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4440 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
], regno
))
4443 return (!TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload
, regno
));
4445 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
:
4446 /* This cannot share a register with RELOAD_FOR_INSN reloads, other
4447 outputs, or an operand address for this or an earlier output.
4448 Note that multiple output operands are emitted in reverse order,
4449 so the conflicting ones are those with higher indices. */
4450 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn
, regno
))
4453 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4454 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output
[i
], regno
))
4457 for (i
= opnum
; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4458 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[i
], regno
)
4459 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[i
], regno
))
4464 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN
:
4465 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4466 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
], regno
)
4467 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output
[i
], regno
))
4470 return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn
, regno
)
4471 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
, regno
));
4473 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
:
4474 return ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_other_addr
, regno
);
4479 /* Return 1 if the value in reload reg REGNO, as used by a reload
4480 needed for the part of the insn specified by OPNUM and TYPE,
4481 is still available in REGNO at the end of the insn.
4483 We can assume that the reload reg was already tested for availability
4484 at the time it is needed, and we should not check this again,
4485 in case the reg has already been marked in use. */
4488 reload_reg_reaches_end_p (unsigned int regno
, int opnum
, enum reload_type type
)
4495 /* Since a RELOAD_OTHER reload claims the reg for the entire insn,
4496 its value must reach the end. */
4499 /* If this use is for part of the insn,
4500 its value reaches if no subsequent part uses the same register.
4501 Just like the above function, don't try to do this with lots
4504 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
:
4505 /* Here we check for everything else, since these don't conflict
4506 with anything else and everything comes later. */
4508 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4509 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[i
], regno
)
4510 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[i
], regno
)
4511 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output
[i
], regno
)
4512 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr
[i
], regno
)
4513 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[i
], regno
)
4514 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
], regno
))
4517 return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
, regno
)
4518 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload
, regno
)
4519 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn
, regno
)
4520 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used
, regno
));
4522 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
:
4523 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
:
4524 /* Similar, except that we check only for this and subsequent inputs
4525 and the address of only subsequent inputs and we do not need
4526 to check for RELOAD_OTHER objects since they are known not to
4529 for (i
= opnum
; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4530 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
], regno
))
4533 for (i
= opnum
+ 1; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4534 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr
[i
], regno
)
4535 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[i
], regno
))
4538 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4539 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[i
], regno
)
4540 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[i
], regno
)
4541 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output
[i
], regno
))
4544 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload
, regno
))
4547 return (!TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
, regno
)
4548 && !TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn
, regno
)
4549 && !TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used
, regno
));
4551 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
:
4552 /* Similar to input address, except we start at the next operand for
4553 both input and input address and we do not check for
4554 RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_INSN since these
4557 for (i
= opnum
+ 1; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4558 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr
[i
], regno
)
4559 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[i
], regno
)
4560 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
], regno
))
4563 /* ... fall through ... */
4565 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
:
4566 /* Check outputs and their addresses. */
4568 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4569 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[i
], regno
)
4570 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[i
], regno
)
4571 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output
[i
], regno
))
4574 return (!TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used
, regno
));
4576 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
:
4577 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
4578 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[i
], regno
)
4579 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[i
], regno
)
4580 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output
[i
], regno
))
4583 return (!TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
, regno
)
4584 && !TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_insn
, regno
)
4585 && !TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used
, regno
));
4587 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN
:
4588 /* These conflict with other outputs with RELOAD_OTHER. So
4589 we need only check for output addresses. */
4591 opnum
= reload_n_operands
;
4593 /* ... fall through ... */
4595 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
:
4596 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
:
4597 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
:
4598 /* We already know these can't conflict with a later output. So the
4599 only thing to check are later output addresses.
4600 Note that multiple output operands are emitted in reverse order,
4601 so the conflicting ones are those with lower indices. */
4602 for (i
= 0; i
< opnum
; i
++)
4603 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[i
], regno
)
4604 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[i
], regno
))
4613 /* Return 1 if the reloads denoted by R1 and R2 cannot share a register.
4616 This function uses the same algorithm as reload_reg_free_p above. */
4619 reloads_conflict (int r1
, int r2
)
4621 enum reload_type r1_type
= rld
[r1
].when_needed
;
4622 enum reload_type r2_type
= rld
[r2
].when_needed
;
4623 int r1_opnum
= rld
[r1
].opnum
;
4624 int r2_opnum
= rld
[r2
].opnum
;
4626 /* RELOAD_OTHER conflicts with everything. */
4627 if (r2_type
== RELOAD_OTHER
)
4630 /* Otherwise, check conflicts differently for each type. */
4634 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
:
4635 return (r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INSN
4636 || r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
4637 || r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
4638 || r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
4639 || ((r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
4640 || r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
)
4641 && r2_opnum
> r1_opnum
));
4643 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
:
4644 return ((r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
&& r1_opnum
== r2_opnum
)
4645 || (r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
&& r2_opnum
< r1_opnum
));
4647 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
:
4648 return ((r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
&& r1_opnum
== r2_opnum
)
4649 || (r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
&& r2_opnum
< r1_opnum
));
4651 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
:
4652 return ((r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
&& r2_opnum
== r1_opnum
)
4653 || (r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
&& r2_opnum
<= r1_opnum
));
4655 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
:
4656 return ((r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
&& r2_opnum
== r1_opnum
)
4657 || (r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
&& r2_opnum
<= r1_opnum
));
4659 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
:
4660 return (r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
|| r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INSN
4661 || r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
);
4663 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
:
4664 return (r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
4665 || r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
);
4667 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
:
4668 return (r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INSN
|| r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
4669 || ((r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
4670 || r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
)
4671 && r2_opnum
>= r1_opnum
));
4673 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN
:
4674 return (r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
|| r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
4675 || r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_INSN
4676 || r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
);
4678 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
:
4679 return r2_type
== RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
;
4689 /* Indexed by reload number, 1 if incoming value
4690 inherited from previous insns. */
4691 char reload_inherited
[MAX_RELOADS
];
4693 /* For an inherited reload, this is the insn the reload was inherited from,
4694 if we know it. Otherwise, this is 0. */
4695 rtx reload_inheritance_insn
[MAX_RELOADS
];
4697 /* If nonzero, this is a place to get the value of the reload,
4698 rather than using reload_in. */
4699 rtx reload_override_in
[MAX_RELOADS
];
4701 /* For each reload, the hard register number of the register used,
4702 or -1 if we did not need a register for this reload. */
4703 int reload_spill_index
[MAX_RELOADS
];
4705 /* Subroutine of free_for_value_p, used to check a single register.
4706 START_REGNO is the starting regno of the full reload register
4707 (possibly comprising multiple hard registers) that we are considering. */
4710 reload_reg_free_for_value_p (int start_regno
, int regno
, int opnum
,
4711 enum reload_type type
, rtx value
, rtx out
,
4712 int reloadnum
, int ignore_address_reloads
)
4715 /* Set if we see an input reload that must not share its reload register
4716 with any new earlyclobber, but might otherwise share the reload
4717 register with an output or input-output reload. */
4718 int check_earlyclobber
= 0;
4722 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_unavailable
, regno
))
4725 if (out
== const0_rtx
)
4731 /* We use some pseudo 'time' value to check if the lifetimes of the
4732 new register use would overlap with the one of a previous reload
4733 that is not read-only or uses a different value.
4734 The 'time' used doesn't have to be linear in any shape or form, just
4736 Some reload types use different 'buckets' for each operand.
4737 So there are MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS different time values for each
4739 We compute TIME1 as the time when the register for the prospective
4740 new reload ceases to be live, and TIME2 for each existing
4741 reload as the time when that the reload register of that reload
4743 Where there is little to be gained by exact lifetime calculations,
4744 we just make conservative assumptions, i.e. a longer lifetime;
4745 this is done in the 'default:' cases. */
4748 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
:
4749 /* RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS conflicts with RELOAD_OTHER reloads. */
4750 time1
= copy
? 0 : 1;
4753 time1
= copy
? 1 : MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 5 + 5;
4755 /* For each input, we may have a sequence of RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS,
4756 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_INPUT. By adding 0 / 1 / 2 ,
4757 respectively, to the time values for these, we get distinct time
4758 values. To get distinct time values for each operand, we have to
4759 multiply opnum by at least three. We round that up to four because
4760 multiply by four is often cheaper. */
4761 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
:
4762 time1
= opnum
* 4 + 2;
4764 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
:
4765 time1
= opnum
* 4 + 3;
4767 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
:
4768 /* All RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reloads remain live till the instruction
4769 executes (inclusive). */
4770 time1
= copy
? opnum
* 4 + 4 : MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 3;
4772 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
:
4774 <= (MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS - 1) * 4 + 4 == MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 4 */
4775 time1
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 1;
4777 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
:
4778 /* RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads are live even while the insn
4780 time1
= copy
? MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 2 : MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 3;
4782 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
:
4783 time1
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 4 + opnum
;
4785 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
:
4786 time1
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 5 + opnum
;
4789 time1
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 5 + 5;
4792 for (i
= 0; i
< n_reloads
; i
++)
4794 rtx reg
= rld
[i
].reg_rtx
;
4795 if (reg
&& GET_CODE (reg
) == REG
4796 && ((unsigned) regno
- true_regnum (reg
)
4797 <= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (reg
), GET_MODE (reg
)) - (unsigned) 1)
4800 rtx other_input
= rld
[i
].in
;
4802 /* If the other reload loads the same input value, that
4803 will not cause a conflict only if it's loading it into
4804 the same register. */
4805 if (true_regnum (reg
) != start_regno
)
4806 other_input
= NULL_RTX
;
4807 if (! other_input
|| ! rtx_equal_p (other_input
, value
)
4808 || rld
[i
].out
|| out
)
4811 switch (rld
[i
].when_needed
)
4813 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
:
4816 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
:
4817 /* find_reloads makes sure that a
4818 RELOAD_FOR_{INP,OP,OUT}ADDR_ADDRESS reload is only used
4819 by at most one - the first -
4820 RELOAD_FOR_{INPUT,OPERAND,OUTPUT}_ADDRESS . If the
4821 address reload is inherited, the address address reload
4822 goes away, so we can ignore this conflict. */
4823 if (type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
&& reloadnum
== i
+ 1
4824 && ignore_address_reloads
4825 /* Unless the RELOAD_FOR_INPUT is an auto_inc expression.
4826 Then the address address is still needed to store
4827 back the new address. */
4828 && ! rld
[reloadnum
].out
)
4830 /* Likewise, if a RELOAD_FOR_INPUT can inherit a value, its
4831 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS / RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
4833 if (type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
&& opnum
== rld
[i
].opnum
4834 && ignore_address_reloads
4835 /* Unless we are reloading an auto_inc expression. */
4836 && ! rld
[reloadnum
].out
)
4838 time2
= rld
[i
].opnum
* 4 + 2;
4840 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
:
4841 if (type
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
&& opnum
== rld
[i
].opnum
4842 && ignore_address_reloads
4843 && ! rld
[reloadnum
].out
)
4845 time2
= rld
[i
].opnum
* 4 + 3;
4847 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
:
4848 time2
= rld
[i
].opnum
* 4 + 4;
4849 check_earlyclobber
= 1;
4851 /* rld[i].opnum * 4 + 4 <= (MAX_RECOG_OPERAND - 1) * 4 + 4
4852 == MAX_RECOG_OPERAND * 4 */
4853 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
:
4854 if (type
== RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
&& reloadnum
== i
+ 1
4855 && ignore_address_reloads
4856 && ! rld
[reloadnum
].out
)
4858 time2
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 1;
4860 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
:
4861 time2
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 2;
4862 check_earlyclobber
= 1;
4864 case RELOAD_FOR_INSN
:
4865 time2
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 3;
4867 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
:
4868 /* All RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT reloads become live just after the
4869 instruction is executed. */
4870 time2
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 4;
4872 /* The first RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS reload conflicts with
4873 the RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT reloads, so assign it the same time
4875 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
:
4876 if (type
== RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
&& reloadnum
== i
+ 1
4877 && ignore_address_reloads
4878 && ! rld
[reloadnum
].out
)
4880 time2
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 4 + rld
[i
].opnum
;
4882 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
:
4883 time2
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 5 + rld
[i
].opnum
;
4886 /* If there is no conflict in the input part, handle this
4887 like an output reload. */
4888 if (! rld
[i
].in
|| rtx_equal_p (other_input
, value
))
4890 time2
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 4;
4891 /* Earlyclobbered outputs must conflict with inputs. */
4892 if (earlyclobber_operand_p (rld
[i
].out
))
4893 time2
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 3;
4898 /* RELOAD_OTHER might be live beyond instruction execution,
4899 but this is not obvious when we set time2 = 1. So check
4900 here if there might be a problem with the new reload
4901 clobbering the register used by the RELOAD_OTHER. */
4909 && (! rld
[i
].in
|| rld
[i
].out
4910 || ! rtx_equal_p (other_input
, value
)))
4911 || (out
&& rld
[reloadnum
].out_reg
4912 && time2
>= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
* 4 + 3))
4918 /* Earlyclobbered outputs must conflict with inputs. */
4919 if (check_earlyclobber
&& out
&& earlyclobber_operand_p (out
))
4925 /* Return 1 if the value in reload reg REGNO, as used by a reload
4926 needed for the part of the insn specified by OPNUM and TYPE,
4927 may be used to load VALUE into it.
4929 MODE is the mode in which the register is used, this is needed to
4930 determine how many hard regs to test.
4932 Other read-only reloads with the same value do not conflict
4933 unless OUT is nonzero and these other reloads have to live while
4934 output reloads live.
4935 If OUT is CONST0_RTX, this is a special case: it means that the
4936 test should not be for using register REGNO as reload register, but
4937 for copying from register REGNO into the reload register.
4939 RELOADNUM is the number of the reload we want to load this value for;
4940 a reload does not conflict with itself.
4942 When IGNORE_ADDRESS_RELOADS is set, we can not have conflicts with
4943 reloads that load an address for the very reload we are considering.
4945 The caller has to make sure that there is no conflict with the return
4949 free_for_value_p (int regno
, enum machine_mode mode
, int opnum
,
4950 enum reload_type type
, rtx value
, rtx out
, int reloadnum
,
4951 int ignore_address_reloads
)
4953 int nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno
, mode
);
4955 if (! reload_reg_free_for_value_p (regno
, regno
+ nregs
, opnum
, type
,
4956 value
, out
, reloadnum
,
4957 ignore_address_reloads
))
4962 /* Determine whether the reload reg X overlaps any rtx'es used for
4963 overriding inheritance. Return nonzero if so. */
4966 conflicts_with_override (rtx x
)
4969 for (i
= 0; i
< n_reloads
; i
++)
4970 if (reload_override_in
[i
]
4971 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x
, reload_override_in
[i
]))
4976 /* Give an error message saying we failed to find a reload for INSN,
4977 and clear out reload R. */
4979 failed_reload (rtx insn
, int r
)
4981 if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn
)) < 0)
4982 /* It's the compiler's fault. */
4983 fatal_insn ("could not find a spill register", insn
);
4985 /* It's the user's fault; the operand's mode and constraint
4986 don't match. Disable this reload so we don't crash in final. */
4987 error_for_asm (insn
,
4988 "`asm' operand constraint incompatible with operand size");
4992 rld
[r
].optional
= 1;
4993 rld
[r
].secondary_p
= 1;
4996 /* I is the index in SPILL_REG_RTX of the reload register we are to allocate
4997 for reload R. If it's valid, get an rtx for it. Return nonzero if
5000 set_reload_reg (int i
, int r
)
5003 rtx reg
= spill_reg_rtx
[i
];
5005 if (reg
== 0 || GET_MODE (reg
) != rld
[r
].mode
)
5006 spill_reg_rtx
[i
] = reg
5007 = gen_rtx_REG (rld
[r
].mode
, spill_regs
[i
]);
5009 regno
= true_regnum (reg
);
5011 /* Detect when the reload reg can't hold the reload mode.
5012 This used to be one `if', but Sequent compiler can't handle that. */
5013 if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno
, rld
[r
].mode
))
5015 enum machine_mode test_mode
= VOIDmode
;
5017 test_mode
= GET_MODE (rld
[r
].in
);
5018 /* If rld[r].in has VOIDmode, it means we will load it
5019 in whatever mode the reload reg has: to wit, rld[r].mode.
5020 We have already tested that for validity. */
5021 /* Aside from that, we need to test that the expressions
5022 to reload from or into have modes which are valid for this
5023 reload register. Otherwise the reload insns would be invalid. */
5024 if (! (rld
[r
].in
!= 0 && test_mode
!= VOIDmode
5025 && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno
, test_mode
)))
5026 if (! (rld
[r
].out
!= 0
5027 && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno
, GET_MODE (rld
[r
].out
))))
5029 /* The reg is OK. */
5032 /* Mark as in use for this insn the reload regs we use
5034 mark_reload_reg_in_use (spill_regs
[i
], rld
[r
].opnum
,
5035 rld
[r
].when_needed
, rld
[r
].mode
);
5037 rld
[r
].reg_rtx
= reg
;
5038 reload_spill_index
[r
] = spill_regs
[i
];
5045 /* Find a spill register to use as a reload register for reload R.
5046 LAST_RELOAD is nonzero if this is the last reload for the insn being
5049 Set rld[R].reg_rtx to the register allocated.
5051 We return 1 if successful, or 0 if we couldn't find a spill reg and
5052 we didn't change anything. */
5055 allocate_reload_reg (struct insn_chain
*chain ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, int r
,
5060 /* If we put this reload ahead, thinking it is a group,
5061 then insist on finding a group. Otherwise we can grab a
5062 reg that some other reload needs.
5063 (That can happen when we have a 68000 DATA_OR_FP_REG
5064 which is a group of data regs or one fp reg.)
5065 We need not be so restrictive if there are no more reloads
5068 ??? Really it would be nicer to have smarter handling
5069 for that kind of reg class, where a problem like this is normal.
5070 Perhaps those classes should be avoided for reloading
5071 by use of more alternatives. */
5073 int force_group
= rld
[r
].nregs
> 1 && ! last_reload
;
5075 /* If we want a single register and haven't yet found one,
5076 take any reg in the right class and not in use.
5077 If we want a consecutive group, here is where we look for it.
5079 We use two passes so we can first look for reload regs to
5080 reuse, which are already in use for other reloads in this insn,
5081 and only then use additional registers.
5082 I think that maximizing reuse is needed to make sure we don't
5083 run out of reload regs. Suppose we have three reloads, and
5084 reloads A and B can share regs. These need two regs.
5085 Suppose A and B are given different regs.
5086 That leaves none for C. */
5087 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; pass
++)
5089 /* I is the index in spill_regs.
5090 We advance it round-robin between insns to use all spill regs
5091 equally, so that inherited reloads have a chance
5092 of leapfrogging each other. */
5096 for (count
= 0; count
< n_spills
; count
++)
5098 int class = (int) rld
[r
].class;
5104 regnum
= spill_regs
[i
];
5106 if ((reload_reg_free_p (regnum
, rld
[r
].opnum
,
5109 /* We check reload_reg_used to make sure we
5110 don't clobber the return register. */
5111 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used
, regnum
)
5112 && free_for_value_p (regnum
, rld
[r
].mode
, rld
[r
].opnum
,
5113 rld
[r
].when_needed
, rld
[r
].in
,
5115 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents
[class], regnum
)
5116 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regnum
, rld
[r
].mode
)
5117 /* Look first for regs to share, then for unshared. But
5118 don't share regs used for inherited reloads; they are
5119 the ones we want to preserve. */
5121 || (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_at_all
,
5123 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_for_inherit
,
5126 int nr
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regnum
, rld
[r
].mode
);
5127 /* Avoid the problem where spilling a GENERAL_OR_FP_REG
5128 (on 68000) got us two FP regs. If NR is 1,
5129 we would reject both of them. */
5132 /* If we need only one reg, we have already won. */
5135 /* But reject a single reg if we demand a group. */
5140 /* Otherwise check that as many consecutive regs as we need
5141 are available here. */
5144 int regno
= regnum
+ nr
- 1;
5145 if (!(TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents
[class], regno
)
5146 && spill_reg_order
[regno
] >= 0
5147 && reload_reg_free_p (regno
, rld
[r
].opnum
,
5148 rld
[r
].when_needed
)))
5157 /* If we found something on pass 1, omit pass 2. */
5158 if (count
< n_spills
)
5162 /* We should have found a spill register by now. */
5163 if (count
>= n_spills
)
5166 /* I is the index in SPILL_REG_RTX of the reload register we are to
5167 allocate. Get an rtx for it and find its register number. */
5169 return set_reload_reg (i
, r
);
5172 /* Initialize all the tables needed to allocate reload registers.
5173 CHAIN is the insn currently being processed; SAVE_RELOAD_REG_RTX
5174 is the array we use to restore the reg_rtx field for every reload. */
5177 choose_reload_regs_init (struct insn_chain
*chain
, rtx
*save_reload_reg_rtx
)
5181 for (i
= 0; i
< n_reloads
; i
++)
5182 rld
[i
].reg_rtx
= save_reload_reg_rtx
[i
];
5184 memset (reload_inherited
, 0, MAX_RELOADS
);
5185 memset (reload_inheritance_insn
, 0, MAX_RELOADS
* sizeof (rtx
));
5186 memset (reload_override_in
, 0, MAX_RELOADS
* sizeof (rtx
));
5188 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used
);
5189 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_at_all
);
5190 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr
);
5191 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr_reload
);
5192 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_insn
);
5193 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_other_addr
);
5195 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_used_in_insn
);
5198 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (tmp
, &chain
->live_throughout
);
5199 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_used_in_insn
, tmp
);
5200 REG_SET_TO_HARD_REG_SET (tmp
, &chain
->dead_or_set
);
5201 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_used_in_insn
, tmp
);
5202 compute_use_by_pseudos (®_used_in_insn
, &chain
->live_throughout
);
5203 compute_use_by_pseudos (®_used_in_insn
, &chain
->dead_or_set
);
5206 for (i
= 0; i
< reload_n_operands
; i
++)
5208 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_output
[i
]);
5209 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_input
[i
]);
5210 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr
[i
]);
5211 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_inpaddr_addr
[i
]);
5212 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr
[i
]);
5213 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_outaddr_addr
[i
]);
5216 COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_unavailable
, chain
->used_spill_regs
);
5218 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_for_inherit
);
5220 for (i
= 0; i
< n_reloads
; i
++)
5221 /* If we have already decided to use a certain register,
5222 don't use it in another way. */
5224 mark_reload_reg_in_use (REGNO (rld
[i
].reg_rtx
), rld
[i
].opnum
,
5225 rld
[i
].when_needed
, rld
[i
].mode
);
5228 /* Assign hard reg targets for the pseudo-registers we must reload
5229 into hard regs for this insn.
5230 Also output the instructions to copy them in and out of the hard regs.
5232 For machines with register classes, we are responsible for
5233 finding a reload reg in the proper class. */
5236 choose_reload_regs (struct insn_chain
*chain
)
5238 rtx insn
= chain
->insn
;
5240 unsigned int max_group_size
= 1;
5241 enum reg_class group_class
= NO_REGS
;
5242 int pass
, win
, inheritance
;
5244 rtx save_reload_reg_rtx
[MAX_RELOADS
];
5246 /* In order to be certain of getting the registers we need,
5247 we must sort the reloads into order of increasing register class.
5248 Then our grabbing of reload registers will parallel the process
5249 that provided the reload registers.
5251 Also note whether any of the reloads wants a consecutive group of regs.
5252 If so, record the maximum size of the group desired and what
5253 register class contains all the groups needed by this insn. */
5255 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
5257 reload_order
[j
] = j
;
5258 reload_spill_index
[j
] = -1;
5260 if (rld
[j
].nregs
> 1)
5262 max_group_size
= MAX (rld
[j
].nregs
, max_group_size
);
5264 = reg_class_superunion
[(int) rld
[j
].class][(int) group_class
];
5267 save_reload_reg_rtx
[j
] = rld
[j
].reg_rtx
;
5271 qsort (reload_order
, n_reloads
, sizeof (short), reload_reg_class_lower
);
5273 /* If -O, try first with inheritance, then turning it off.
5274 If not -O, don't do inheritance.
5275 Using inheritance when not optimizing leads to paradoxes
5276 with fp on the 68k: fp numbers (not NaNs) fail to be equal to themselves
5277 because one side of the comparison might be inherited. */
5279 for (inheritance
= optimize
> 0; inheritance
>= 0; inheritance
--)
5281 choose_reload_regs_init (chain
, save_reload_reg_rtx
);
5283 /* Process the reloads in order of preference just found.
5284 Beyond this point, subregs can be found in reload_reg_rtx.
5286 This used to look for an existing reloaded home for all of the
5287 reloads, and only then perform any new reloads. But that could lose
5288 if the reloads were done out of reg-class order because a later
5289 reload with a looser constraint might have an old home in a register
5290 needed by an earlier reload with a tighter constraint.
5292 To solve this, we make two passes over the reloads, in the order
5293 described above. In the first pass we try to inherit a reload
5294 from a previous insn. If there is a later reload that needs a
5295 class that is a proper subset of the class being processed, we must
5296 also allocate a spill register during the first pass.
5298 Then make a second pass over the reloads to allocate any reloads
5299 that haven't been given registers yet. */
5301 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
5303 int r
= reload_order
[j
];
5304 rtx search_equiv
= NULL_RTX
;
5306 /* Ignore reloads that got marked inoperative. */
5307 if (rld
[r
].out
== 0 && rld
[r
].in
== 0
5308 && ! rld
[r
].secondary_p
)
5311 /* If find_reloads chose to use reload_in or reload_out as a reload
5312 register, we don't need to chose one. Otherwise, try even if it
5313 found one since we might save an insn if we find the value lying
5315 Try also when reload_in is a pseudo without a hard reg. */
5316 if (rld
[r
].in
!= 0 && rld
[r
].reg_rtx
!= 0
5317 && (rtx_equal_p (rld
[r
].in
, rld
[r
].reg_rtx
)
5318 || (rtx_equal_p (rld
[r
].out
, rld
[r
].reg_rtx
)
5319 && GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in
) != MEM
5320 && true_regnum (rld
[r
].in
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)))
5323 #if 0 /* No longer needed for correct operation.
5324 It might give better code, or might not; worth an experiment? */
5325 /* If this is an optional reload, we can't inherit from earlier insns
5326 until we are sure that any non-optional reloads have been allocated.
5327 The following code takes advantage of the fact that optional reloads
5328 are at the end of reload_order. */
5329 if (rld
[r
].optional
!= 0)
5330 for (i
= 0; i
< j
; i
++)
5331 if ((rld
[reload_order
[i
]].out
!= 0
5332 || rld
[reload_order
[i
]].in
!= 0
5333 || rld
[reload_order
[i
]].secondary_p
)
5334 && ! rld
[reload_order
[i
]].optional
5335 && rld
[reload_order
[i
]].reg_rtx
== 0)
5336 allocate_reload_reg (chain
, reload_order
[i
], 0);
5339 /* First see if this pseudo is already available as reloaded
5340 for a previous insn. We cannot try to inherit for reloads
5341 that are smaller than the maximum number of registers needed
5342 for groups unless the register we would allocate cannot be used
5345 We could check here to see if this is a secondary reload for
5346 an object that is already in a register of the desired class.
5347 This would avoid the need for the secondary reload register.
5348 But this is complex because we can't easily determine what
5349 objects might want to be loaded via this reload. So let a
5350 register be allocated here. In `emit_reload_insns' we suppress
5351 one of the loads in the case described above. */
5357 enum machine_mode mode
= VOIDmode
;
5361 else if (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in
) == REG
)
5363 regno
= REGNO (rld
[r
].in
);
5364 mode
= GET_MODE (rld
[r
].in
);
5366 else if (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in_reg
) == REG
)
5368 regno
= REGNO (rld
[r
].in_reg
);
5369 mode
= GET_MODE (rld
[r
].in_reg
);
5371 else if (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in_reg
) == SUBREG
5372 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (rld
[r
].in_reg
)) == REG
)
5374 byte
= SUBREG_BYTE (rld
[r
].in_reg
);
5375 regno
= REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rld
[r
].in_reg
));
5376 if (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
5377 regno
= subreg_regno (rld
[r
].in_reg
);
5378 mode
= GET_MODE (rld
[r
].in_reg
);
5381 else if ((GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in_reg
) == PRE_INC
5382 || GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in_reg
) == PRE_DEC
5383 || GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in_reg
) == POST_INC
5384 || GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in_reg
) == POST_DEC
)
5385 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rld
[r
].in_reg
, 0)) == REG
)
5387 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (rld
[r
].in_reg
, 0));
5388 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rld
[r
].in_reg
, 0));
5389 rld
[r
].out
= rld
[r
].in
;
5393 /* This won't work, since REGNO can be a pseudo reg number.
5394 Also, it takes much more hair to keep track of all the things
5395 that can invalidate an inherited reload of part of a pseudoreg. */
5396 else if (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in
) == SUBREG
5397 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (rld
[r
].in
)) == REG
)
5398 regno
= subreg_regno (rld
[r
].in
);
5401 if (regno
>= 0 && reg_last_reload_reg
[regno
] != 0)
5403 enum reg_class
class = rld
[r
].class, last_class
;
5404 rtx last_reg
= reg_last_reload_reg
[regno
];
5405 enum machine_mode need_mode
;
5407 i
= REGNO (last_reg
);
5408 i
+= subreg_regno_offset (i
, GET_MODE (last_reg
), byte
, mode
);
5409 last_class
= REGNO_REG_CLASS (i
);
5415 = smallest_mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
)
5416 + byte
* BITS_PER_UNIT
,
5417 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
));
5419 if ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (last_reg
))
5420 >= GET_MODE_SIZE (need_mode
))
5421 #ifdef CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
5422 /* Verify that the register in "i" can be obtained
5424 && !REG_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (REGNO (last_reg
),
5425 GET_MODE (last_reg
),
5428 && reg_reloaded_contents
[i
] == regno
5429 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, i
)
5430 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (i
, rld
[r
].mode
)
5431 && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents
[(int) class], i
)
5432 /* Even if we can't use this register as a reload
5433 register, we might use it for reload_override_in,
5434 if copying it to the desired class is cheap
5436 || ((REGISTER_MOVE_COST (mode
, last_class
, class)
5437 < MEMORY_MOVE_COST (mode
, class, 1))
5438 #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
5439 && (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, mode
,
5443 #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
5444 && ! SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (last_class
, class,
5449 && (rld
[r
].nregs
== max_group_size
5450 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents
[(int) group_class
],
5452 && free_for_value_p (i
, rld
[r
].mode
, rld
[r
].opnum
,
5453 rld
[r
].when_needed
, rld
[r
].in
,
5456 /* If a group is needed, verify that all the subsequent
5457 registers still have their values intact. */
5458 int nr
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i
, rld
[r
].mode
);
5461 for (k
= 1; k
< nr
; k
++)
5462 if (reg_reloaded_contents
[i
+ k
] != regno
5463 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, i
+ k
))
5471 last_reg
= (GET_MODE (last_reg
) == mode
5472 ? last_reg
: gen_rtx_REG (mode
, i
));
5475 for (k
= 0; k
< nr
; k
++)
5476 bad_for_class
|= ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents
[(int) rld
[r
].class],
5479 /* We found a register that contains the
5480 value we need. If this register is the
5481 same as an `earlyclobber' operand of the
5482 current insn, just mark it as a place to
5483 reload from since we can't use it as the
5484 reload register itself. */
5486 for (i1
= 0; i1
< n_earlyclobbers
; i1
++)
5487 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p
5488 (reg_last_reload_reg
[regno
],
5489 reload_earlyclobbers
[i1
]))
5492 if (i1
!= n_earlyclobbers
5493 || ! (free_for_value_p (i
, rld
[r
].mode
,
5495 rld
[r
].when_needed
, rld
[r
].in
,
5497 /* Don't use it if we'd clobber a pseudo reg. */
5498 || (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_used_in_insn
, i
)
5500 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_dead
, i
))
5501 /* Don't clobber the frame pointer. */
5502 || (i
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
5503 && frame_pointer_needed
5505 /* Don't really use the inherited spill reg
5506 if we need it wider than we've got it. */
5507 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (rld
[r
].mode
)
5508 > GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
))
5511 /* If find_reloads chose reload_out as reload
5512 register, stay with it - that leaves the
5513 inherited register for subsequent reloads. */
5514 || (rld
[r
].out
&& rld
[r
].reg_rtx
5515 && rtx_equal_p (rld
[r
].out
, rld
[r
].reg_rtx
)))
5517 if (! rld
[r
].optional
)
5519 reload_override_in
[r
] = last_reg
;
5520 reload_inheritance_insn
[r
]
5521 = reg_reloaded_insn
[i
];
5527 /* We can use this as a reload reg. */
5528 /* Mark the register as in use for this part of
5530 mark_reload_reg_in_use (i
,
5534 rld
[r
].reg_rtx
= last_reg
;
5535 reload_inherited
[r
] = 1;
5536 reload_inheritance_insn
[r
]
5537 = reg_reloaded_insn
[i
];
5538 reload_spill_index
[r
] = i
;
5539 for (k
= 0; k
< nr
; k
++)
5540 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_for_inherit
,
5548 /* Here's another way to see if the value is already lying around. */
5551 && ! reload_inherited
[r
]
5553 && (CONSTANT_P (rld
[r
].in
)
5554 || GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in
) == PLUS
5555 || GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in
) == REG
5556 || GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in
) == MEM
)
5557 && (rld
[r
].nregs
== max_group_size
5558 || ! reg_classes_intersect_p (rld
[r
].class, group_class
)))
5559 search_equiv
= rld
[r
].in
;
5560 /* If this is an output reload from a simple move insn, look
5561 if an equivalence for the input is available. */
5562 else if (inheritance
&& rld
[r
].in
== 0 && rld
[r
].out
!= 0)
5564 rtx set
= single_set (insn
);
5567 && rtx_equal_p (rld
[r
].out
, SET_DEST (set
))
5568 && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set
)))
5569 search_equiv
= SET_SRC (set
);
5575 = find_equiv_reg (search_equiv
, insn
, rld
[r
].class,
5576 -1, NULL
, 0, rld
[r
].mode
);
5581 if (GET_CODE (equiv
) == REG
)
5582 regno
= REGNO (equiv
);
5583 else if (GET_CODE (equiv
) == SUBREG
)
5585 /* This must be a SUBREG of a hard register.
5586 Make a new REG since this might be used in an
5587 address and not all machines support SUBREGs
5589 regno
= subreg_regno (equiv
);
5590 equiv
= gen_rtx_REG (rld
[r
].mode
, regno
);
5596 /* If we found a spill reg, reject it unless it is free
5597 and of the desired class. */
5601 int bad_for_class
= 0;
5602 int max_regno
= regno
+ rld
[r
].nregs
;
5604 for (i
= regno
; i
< max_regno
; i
++)
5606 regs_used
|= TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_at_all
,
5608 bad_for_class
|= ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents
[(int) rld
[r
].class],
5613 && ! free_for_value_p (regno
, rld
[r
].mode
,
5614 rld
[r
].opnum
, rld
[r
].when_needed
,
5615 rld
[r
].in
, rld
[r
].out
, r
, 1))
5620 if (equiv
!= 0 && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno
, rld
[r
].mode
))
5623 /* We found a register that contains the value we need.
5624 If this register is the same as an `earlyclobber' operand
5625 of the current insn, just mark it as a place to reload from
5626 since we can't use it as the reload register itself. */
5629 for (i
= 0; i
< n_earlyclobbers
; i
++)
5630 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (equiv
,
5631 reload_earlyclobbers
[i
]))
5633 if (! rld
[r
].optional
)
5634 reload_override_in
[r
] = equiv
;
5639 /* If the equiv register we have found is explicitly clobbered
5640 in the current insn, it depends on the reload type if we
5641 can use it, use it for reload_override_in, or not at all.
5642 In particular, we then can't use EQUIV for a
5643 RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS reload. */
5647 if (regno_clobbered_p (regno
, insn
, rld
[r
].mode
, 0))
5648 switch (rld
[r
].when_needed
)
5650 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
:
5651 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
:
5652 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
:
5653 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
:
5656 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
:
5657 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
:
5658 if (! rld
[r
].optional
)
5659 reload_override_in
[r
] = equiv
;
5665 else if (regno_clobbered_p (regno
, insn
, rld
[r
].mode
, 1))
5666 switch (rld
[r
].when_needed
)
5668 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
:
5669 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
:
5670 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
:
5671 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
:
5672 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
:
5673 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
:
5676 if (! rld
[r
].optional
)
5677 reload_override_in
[r
] = equiv
;
5685 /* If we found an equivalent reg, say no code need be generated
5686 to load it, and use it as our reload reg. */
5688 && (regno
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
5689 || !frame_pointer_needed
))
5691 int nr
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno
, rld
[r
].mode
);
5693 rld
[r
].reg_rtx
= equiv
;
5694 reload_inherited
[r
] = 1;
5696 /* If reg_reloaded_valid is not set for this register,
5697 there might be a stale spill_reg_store lying around.
5698 We must clear it, since otherwise emit_reload_insns
5699 might delete the store. */
5700 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, regno
))
5701 spill_reg_store
[regno
] = NULL_RTX
;
5702 /* If any of the hard registers in EQUIV are spill
5703 registers, mark them as in use for this insn. */
5704 for (k
= 0; k
< nr
; k
++)
5706 i
= spill_reg_order
[regno
+ k
];
5709 mark_reload_reg_in_use (regno
, rld
[r
].opnum
,
5712 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_for_inherit
,
5719 /* If we found a register to use already, or if this is an optional
5720 reload, we are done. */
5721 if (rld
[r
].reg_rtx
!= 0 || rld
[r
].optional
!= 0)
5725 /* No longer needed for correct operation. Might or might
5726 not give better code on the average. Want to experiment? */
5728 /* See if there is a later reload that has a class different from our
5729 class that intersects our class or that requires less register
5730 than our reload. If so, we must allocate a register to this
5731 reload now, since that reload might inherit a previous reload
5732 and take the only available register in our class. Don't do this
5733 for optional reloads since they will force all previous reloads
5734 to be allocated. Also don't do this for reloads that have been
5737 for (i
= j
+ 1; i
< n_reloads
; i
++)
5739 int s
= reload_order
[i
];
5741 if ((rld
[s
].in
== 0 && rld
[s
].out
== 0
5742 && ! rld
[s
].secondary_p
)
5746 if ((rld
[s
].class != rld
[r
].class
5747 && reg_classes_intersect_p (rld
[r
].class,
5749 || rld
[s
].nregs
< rld
[r
].nregs
)
5756 allocate_reload_reg (chain
, r
, j
== n_reloads
- 1);
5760 /* Now allocate reload registers for anything non-optional that
5761 didn't get one yet. */
5762 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
5764 int r
= reload_order
[j
];
5766 /* Ignore reloads that got marked inoperative. */
5767 if (rld
[r
].out
== 0 && rld
[r
].in
== 0 && ! rld
[r
].secondary_p
)
5770 /* Skip reloads that already have a register allocated or are
5772 if (rld
[r
].reg_rtx
!= 0 || rld
[r
].optional
)
5775 if (! allocate_reload_reg (chain
, r
, j
== n_reloads
- 1))
5779 /* If that loop got all the way, we have won. */
5786 /* Loop around and try without any inheritance. */
5791 /* First undo everything done by the failed attempt
5792 to allocate with inheritance. */
5793 choose_reload_regs_init (chain
, save_reload_reg_rtx
);
5795 /* Some sanity tests to verify that the reloads found in the first
5796 pass are identical to the ones we have now. */
5797 if (chain
->n_reloads
!= n_reloads
)
5800 for (i
= 0; i
< n_reloads
; i
++)
5802 if (chain
->rld
[i
].regno
< 0 || chain
->rld
[i
].reg_rtx
!= 0)
5804 if (chain
->rld
[i
].when_needed
!= rld
[i
].when_needed
)
5806 for (j
= 0; j
< n_spills
; j
++)
5807 if (spill_regs
[j
] == chain
->rld
[i
].regno
)
5808 if (! set_reload_reg (j
, i
))
5809 failed_reload (chain
->insn
, i
);
5813 /* If we thought we could inherit a reload, because it seemed that
5814 nothing else wanted the same reload register earlier in the insn,
5815 verify that assumption, now that all reloads have been assigned.
5816 Likewise for reloads where reload_override_in has been set. */
5818 /* If doing expensive optimizations, do one preliminary pass that doesn't
5819 cancel any inheritance, but removes reloads that have been needed only
5820 for reloads that we know can be inherited. */
5821 for (pass
= flag_expensive_optimizations
; pass
>= 0; pass
--)
5823 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
5825 int r
= reload_order
[j
];
5827 if (reload_inherited
[r
] && rld
[r
].reg_rtx
)
5828 check_reg
= rld
[r
].reg_rtx
;
5829 else if (reload_override_in
[r
]
5830 && (GET_CODE (reload_override_in
[r
]) == REG
5831 || GET_CODE (reload_override_in
[r
]) == SUBREG
))
5832 check_reg
= reload_override_in
[r
];
5835 if (! free_for_value_p (true_regnum (check_reg
), rld
[r
].mode
,
5836 rld
[r
].opnum
, rld
[r
].when_needed
, rld
[r
].in
,
5837 (reload_inherited
[r
]
5838 ? rld
[r
].out
: const0_rtx
),
5843 reload_inherited
[r
] = 0;
5844 reload_override_in
[r
] = 0;
5846 /* If we can inherit a RELOAD_FOR_INPUT, or can use a
5847 reload_override_in, then we do not need its related
5848 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS / RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS reloads;
5849 likewise for other reload types.
5850 We handle this by removing a reload when its only replacement
5851 is mentioned in reload_in of the reload we are going to inherit.
5852 A special case are auto_inc expressions; even if the input is
5853 inherited, we still need the address for the output. We can
5854 recognize them because they have RELOAD_OUT set to RELOAD_IN.
5855 If we succeeded removing some reload and we are doing a preliminary
5856 pass just to remove such reloads, make another pass, since the
5857 removal of one reload might allow us to inherit another one. */
5859 && rld
[r
].out
!= rld
[r
].in
5860 && remove_address_replacements (rld
[r
].in
) && pass
)
5865 /* Now that reload_override_in is known valid,
5866 actually override reload_in. */
5867 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
5868 if (reload_override_in
[j
])
5869 rld
[j
].in
= reload_override_in
[j
];
5871 /* If this reload won't be done because it has been canceled or is
5872 optional and not inherited, clear reload_reg_rtx so other
5873 routines (such as subst_reloads) don't get confused. */
5874 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
5875 if (rld
[j
].reg_rtx
!= 0
5876 && ((rld
[j
].optional
&& ! reload_inherited
[j
])
5877 || (rld
[j
].in
== 0 && rld
[j
].out
== 0
5878 && ! rld
[j
].secondary_p
)))
5880 int regno
= true_regnum (rld
[j
].reg_rtx
);
5882 if (spill_reg_order
[regno
] >= 0)
5883 clear_reload_reg_in_use (regno
, rld
[j
].opnum
,
5884 rld
[j
].when_needed
, rld
[j
].mode
);
5886 reload_spill_index
[j
] = -1;
5889 /* Record which pseudos and which spill regs have output reloads. */
5890 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
5892 int r
= reload_order
[j
];
5894 i
= reload_spill_index
[r
];
5896 /* I is nonneg if this reload uses a register.
5897 If rld[r].reg_rtx is 0, this is an optional reload
5898 that we opted to ignore. */
5899 if (rld
[r
].out_reg
!= 0 && GET_CODE (rld
[r
].out_reg
) == REG
5900 && rld
[r
].reg_rtx
!= 0)
5902 int nregno
= REGNO (rld
[r
].out_reg
);
5905 if (nregno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
5906 nr
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (nregno
, rld
[r
].mode
);
5909 reg_has_output_reload
[nregno
+ nr
] = 1;
5913 nr
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i
, rld
[r
].mode
);
5915 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload
, i
+ nr
);
5918 if (rld
[r
].when_needed
!= RELOAD_OTHER
5919 && rld
[r
].when_needed
!= RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
5920 && rld
[r
].when_needed
!= RELOAD_FOR_INSN
)
5926 /* Deallocate the reload register for reload R. This is called from
5927 remove_address_replacements. */
5930 deallocate_reload_reg (int r
)
5934 if (! rld
[r
].reg_rtx
)
5936 regno
= true_regnum (rld
[r
].reg_rtx
);
5938 if (spill_reg_order
[regno
] >= 0)
5939 clear_reload_reg_in_use (regno
, rld
[r
].opnum
, rld
[r
].when_needed
,
5941 reload_spill_index
[r
] = -1;
5944 /* If SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES is nonzero, we may not have merged two
5945 reloads of the same item for fear that we might not have enough reload
5946 registers. However, normally they will get the same reload register
5947 and hence actually need not be loaded twice.
5949 Here we check for the most common case of this phenomenon: when we have
5950 a number of reloads for the same object, each of which were allocated
5951 the same reload_reg_rtx, that reload_reg_rtx is not used for any other
5952 reload, and is not modified in the insn itself. If we find such,
5953 merge all the reloads and set the resulting reload to RELOAD_OTHER.
5954 This will not increase the number of spill registers needed and will
5955 prevent redundant code. */
5958 merge_assigned_reloads (rtx insn
)
5962 /* Scan all the reloads looking for ones that only load values and
5963 are not already RELOAD_OTHER and ones whose reload_reg_rtx are
5964 assigned and not modified by INSN. */
5966 for (i
= 0; i
< n_reloads
; i
++)
5968 int conflicting_input
= 0;
5969 int max_input_address_opnum
= -1;
5970 int min_conflicting_input_opnum
= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
;
5972 if (rld
[i
].in
== 0 || rld
[i
].when_needed
== RELOAD_OTHER
5973 || rld
[i
].out
!= 0 || rld
[i
].reg_rtx
== 0
5974 || reg_set_p (rld
[i
].reg_rtx
, insn
))
5977 /* Look at all other reloads. Ensure that the only use of this
5978 reload_reg_rtx is in a reload that just loads the same value
5979 as we do. Note that any secondary reloads must be of the identical
5980 class since the values, modes, and result registers are the
5981 same, so we need not do anything with any secondary reloads. */
5983 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
5985 if (i
== j
|| rld
[j
].reg_rtx
== 0
5986 || ! reg_overlap_mentioned_p (rld
[j
].reg_rtx
,
5990 if (rld
[j
].when_needed
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
5991 && rld
[j
].opnum
> max_input_address_opnum
)
5992 max_input_address_opnum
= rld
[j
].opnum
;
5994 /* If the reload regs aren't exactly the same (e.g, different modes)
5995 or if the values are different, we can't merge this reload.
5996 But if it is an input reload, we might still merge
5997 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS reloads. */
5999 if (! rtx_equal_p (rld
[i
].reg_rtx
, rld
[j
].reg_rtx
)
6000 || rld
[j
].out
!= 0 || rld
[j
].in
== 0
6001 || ! rtx_equal_p (rld
[i
].in
, rld
[j
].in
))
6003 if (rld
[j
].when_needed
!= RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
6004 || ((rld
[i
].when_needed
!= RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
6005 || rld
[i
].opnum
> rld
[j
].opnum
)
6006 && rld
[i
].when_needed
!= RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
))
6008 conflicting_input
= 1;
6009 if (min_conflicting_input_opnum
> rld
[j
].opnum
)
6010 min_conflicting_input_opnum
= rld
[j
].opnum
;
6014 /* If all is OK, merge the reloads. Only set this to RELOAD_OTHER if
6015 we, in fact, found any matching reloads. */
6018 && max_input_address_opnum
<= min_conflicting_input_opnum
)
6020 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
6021 if (i
!= j
&& rld
[j
].reg_rtx
!= 0
6022 && rtx_equal_p (rld
[i
].reg_rtx
, rld
[j
].reg_rtx
)
6023 && (! conflicting_input
6024 || rld
[j
].when_needed
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
6025 || rld
[j
].when_needed
== RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
))
6027 rld
[i
].when_needed
= RELOAD_OTHER
;
6029 reload_spill_index
[j
] = -1;
6030 transfer_replacements (i
, j
);
6033 /* If this is now RELOAD_OTHER, look for any reloads that load
6034 parts of this operand and set them to RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
6035 if they were for inputs, RELOAD_OTHER for outputs. Note that
6036 this test is equivalent to looking for reloads for this operand
6038 /* We must take special care when there are two or more reloads to
6039 be merged and a RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS reload that loads the
6040 same value or a part of it; we must not change its type if there
6041 is a conflicting input. */
6043 if (rld
[i
].when_needed
== RELOAD_OTHER
)
6044 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
6046 && rld
[j
].when_needed
!= RELOAD_OTHER
6047 && rld
[j
].when_needed
!= RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
6048 && (! conflicting_input
6049 || rld
[j
].when_needed
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
6050 || rld
[j
].when_needed
== RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
)
6051 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (rld
[j
].in
,
6057 = ((rld
[j
].when_needed
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
6058 || rld
[j
].when_needed
== RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
)
6059 ? RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
: RELOAD_OTHER
);
6061 /* Check to see if we accidentally converted two reloads
6062 that use the same reload register with different inputs
6063 to the same type. If so, the resulting code won't work,
6066 for (k
= 0; k
< j
; k
++)
6067 if (rld
[k
].in
!= 0 && rld
[k
].reg_rtx
!= 0
6068 && rld
[k
].when_needed
== rld
[j
].when_needed
6069 && rtx_equal_p (rld
[k
].reg_rtx
, rld
[j
].reg_rtx
)
6070 && ! rtx_equal_p (rld
[k
].in
, rld
[j
].in
))
6077 /* These arrays are filled by emit_reload_insns and its subroutines. */
6078 static rtx input_reload_insns
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
6079 static rtx other_input_address_reload_insns
= 0;
6080 static rtx other_input_reload_insns
= 0;
6081 static rtx input_address_reload_insns
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
6082 static rtx inpaddr_address_reload_insns
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
6083 static rtx output_reload_insns
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
6084 static rtx output_address_reload_insns
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
6085 static rtx outaddr_address_reload_insns
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
6086 static rtx operand_reload_insns
= 0;
6087 static rtx other_operand_reload_insns
= 0;
6088 static rtx other_output_reload_insns
[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS
];
6090 /* Values to be put in spill_reg_store are put here first. */
6091 static rtx new_spill_reg_store
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
6092 static HARD_REG_SET reg_reloaded_died
;
6094 /* Generate insns to perform reload RL, which is for the insn in CHAIN and
6095 has the number J. OLD contains the value to be used as input. */
6098 emit_input_reload_insns (struct insn_chain
*chain
, struct reload
*rl
,
6101 rtx insn
= chain
->insn
;
6102 rtx reloadreg
= rl
->reg_rtx
;
6103 rtx oldequiv_reg
= 0;
6106 enum machine_mode mode
;
6109 /* Determine the mode to reload in.
6110 This is very tricky because we have three to choose from.
6111 There is the mode the insn operand wants (rl->inmode).
6112 There is the mode of the reload register RELOADREG.
6113 There is the intrinsic mode of the operand, which we could find
6114 by stripping some SUBREGs.
6115 It turns out that RELOADREG's mode is irrelevant:
6116 we can change that arbitrarily.
6118 Consider (SUBREG:SI foo:QI) as an operand that must be SImode;
6119 then the reload reg may not support QImode moves, so use SImode.
6120 If foo is in memory due to spilling a pseudo reg, this is safe,
6121 because the QImode value is in the least significant part of a
6122 slot big enough for a SImode. If foo is some other sort of
6123 memory reference, then it is impossible to reload this case,
6124 so previous passes had better make sure this never happens.
6126 Then consider a one-word union which has SImode and one of its
6127 members is a float, being fetched as (SUBREG:SF union:SI).
6128 We must fetch that as SFmode because we could be loading into
6129 a float-only register. In this case OLD's mode is correct.
6131 Consider an immediate integer: it has VOIDmode. Here we need
6132 to get a mode from something else.
6134 In some cases, there is a fourth mode, the operand's
6135 containing mode. If the insn specifies a containing mode for
6136 this operand, it overrides all others.
6138 I am not sure whether the algorithm here is always right,
6139 but it does the right things in those cases. */
6141 mode
= GET_MODE (old
);
6142 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
6145 #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
6146 /* If we need a secondary register for this operation, see if
6147 the value is already in a register in that class. Don't
6148 do this if the secondary register will be used as a scratch
6151 if (rl
->secondary_in_reload
>= 0
6152 && rl
->secondary_in_icode
== CODE_FOR_nothing
6155 = find_equiv_reg (old
, insn
,
6156 rld
[rl
->secondary_in_reload
].class,
6160 /* If reloading from memory, see if there is a register
6161 that already holds the same value. If so, reload from there.
6162 We can pass 0 as the reload_reg_p argument because
6163 any other reload has either already been emitted,
6164 in which case find_equiv_reg will see the reload-insn,
6165 or has yet to be emitted, in which case it doesn't matter
6166 because we will use this equiv reg right away. */
6168 if (oldequiv
== 0 && optimize
6169 && (GET_CODE (old
) == MEM
6170 || (GET_CODE (old
) == REG
6171 && REGNO (old
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6172 && reg_renumber
[REGNO (old
)] < 0)))
6173 oldequiv
= find_equiv_reg (old
, insn
, ALL_REGS
, -1, NULL
, 0, mode
);
6177 unsigned int regno
= true_regnum (oldequiv
);
6179 /* Don't use OLDEQUIV if any other reload changes it at an
6180 earlier stage of this insn or at this stage. */
6181 if (! free_for_value_p (regno
, rl
->mode
, rl
->opnum
, rl
->when_needed
,
6182 rl
->in
, const0_rtx
, j
, 0))
6185 /* If it is no cheaper to copy from OLDEQUIV into the
6186 reload register than it would be to move from memory,
6187 don't use it. Likewise, if we need a secondary register
6191 && (((enum reg_class
) REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno
) != rl
->class
6192 && (REGISTER_MOVE_COST (mode
, REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno
),
6194 >= MEMORY_MOVE_COST (mode
, rl
->class, 1)))
6195 #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
6196 || (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (rl
->class,
6200 #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
6201 || SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno
),
6209 /* delete_output_reload is only invoked properly if old contains
6210 the original pseudo register. Since this is replaced with a
6211 hard reg when RELOAD_OVERRIDE_IN is set, see if we can
6212 find the pseudo in RELOAD_IN_REG. */
6214 && reload_override_in
[j
]
6215 && GET_CODE (rl
->in_reg
) == REG
)
6222 else if (GET_CODE (oldequiv
) == REG
)
6223 oldequiv_reg
= oldequiv
;
6224 else if (GET_CODE (oldequiv
) == SUBREG
)
6225 oldequiv_reg
= SUBREG_REG (oldequiv
);
6227 /* If we are reloading from a register that was recently stored in
6228 with an output-reload, see if we can prove there was
6229 actually no need to store the old value in it. */
6231 if (optimize
&& GET_CODE (oldequiv
) == REG
6232 && REGNO (oldequiv
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6233 && spill_reg_store
[REGNO (oldequiv
)]
6234 && GET_CODE (old
) == REG
6235 && (dead_or_set_p (insn
, spill_reg_stored_to
[REGNO (oldequiv
)])
6236 || rtx_equal_p (spill_reg_stored_to
[REGNO (oldequiv
)],
6238 delete_output_reload (insn
, j
, REGNO (oldequiv
));
6240 /* Encapsulate both RELOADREG and OLDEQUIV into that mode,
6241 then load RELOADREG from OLDEQUIV. Note that we cannot use
6242 gen_lowpart_common since it can do the wrong thing when
6243 RELOADREG has a multi-word mode. Note that RELOADREG
6244 must always be a REG here. */
6246 if (GET_MODE (reloadreg
) != mode
)
6247 reloadreg
= reload_adjust_reg_for_mode (reloadreg
, mode
);
6248 while (GET_CODE (oldequiv
) == SUBREG
&& GET_MODE (oldequiv
) != mode
)
6249 oldequiv
= SUBREG_REG (oldequiv
);
6250 if (GET_MODE (oldequiv
) != VOIDmode
6251 && mode
!= GET_MODE (oldequiv
))
6252 oldequiv
= gen_lowpart_SUBREG (mode
, oldequiv
);
6254 /* Switch to the right place to emit the reload insns. */
6255 switch (rl
->when_needed
)
6258 where
= &other_input_reload_insns
;
6260 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
:
6261 where
= &input_reload_insns
[rl
->opnum
];
6263 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
:
6264 where
= &input_address_reload_insns
[rl
->opnum
];
6266 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS
:
6267 where
= &inpaddr_address_reload_insns
[rl
->opnum
];
6269 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
:
6270 where
= &output_address_reload_insns
[rl
->opnum
];
6272 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS
:
6273 where
= &outaddr_address_reload_insns
[rl
->opnum
];
6275 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
:
6276 where
= &operand_reload_insns
;
6278 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR
:
6279 where
= &other_operand_reload_insns
;
6281 case RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS
:
6282 where
= &other_input_address_reload_insns
;
6288 push_to_sequence (*where
);
6290 /* Auto-increment addresses must be reloaded in a special way. */
6291 if (rl
->out
&& ! rl
->out_reg
)
6293 /* We are not going to bother supporting the case where a
6294 incremented register can't be copied directly from
6295 OLDEQUIV since this seems highly unlikely. */
6296 if (rl
->secondary_in_reload
>= 0)
6299 if (reload_inherited
[j
])
6300 oldequiv
= reloadreg
;
6302 old
= XEXP (rl
->in_reg
, 0);
6304 if (optimize
&& GET_CODE (oldequiv
) == REG
6305 && REGNO (oldequiv
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6306 && spill_reg_store
[REGNO (oldequiv
)]
6307 && GET_CODE (old
) == REG
6308 && (dead_or_set_p (insn
,
6309 spill_reg_stored_to
[REGNO (oldequiv
)])
6310 || rtx_equal_p (spill_reg_stored_to
[REGNO (oldequiv
)],
6312 delete_output_reload (insn
, j
, REGNO (oldequiv
));
6314 /* Prevent normal processing of this reload. */
6316 /* Output a special code sequence for this case. */
6317 new_spill_reg_store
[REGNO (reloadreg
)]
6318 = inc_for_reload (reloadreg
, oldequiv
, rl
->out
,
6322 /* If we are reloading a pseudo-register that was set by the previous
6323 insn, see if we can get rid of that pseudo-register entirely
6324 by redirecting the previous insn into our reload register. */
6326 else if (optimize
&& GET_CODE (old
) == REG
6327 && REGNO (old
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6328 && dead_or_set_p (insn
, old
)
6329 /* This is unsafe if some other reload
6330 uses the same reg first. */
6331 && ! conflicts_with_override (reloadreg
)
6332 && free_for_value_p (REGNO (reloadreg
), rl
->mode
, rl
->opnum
,
6333 rl
->when_needed
, old
, rl
->out
, j
, 0))
6335 rtx temp
= PREV_INSN (insn
);
6336 while (temp
&& GET_CODE (temp
) == NOTE
)
6337 temp
= PREV_INSN (temp
);
6339 && GET_CODE (temp
) == INSN
6340 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (temp
)) == SET
6341 && SET_DEST (PATTERN (temp
)) == old
6342 /* Make sure we can access insn_operand_constraint. */
6343 && asm_noperands (PATTERN (temp
)) < 0
6344 /* This is unsafe if operand occurs more than once in current
6345 insn. Perhaps some occurrences aren't reloaded. */
6346 && count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn
), old
, 0) == 1)
6348 rtx old
= SET_DEST (PATTERN (temp
));
6349 /* Store into the reload register instead of the pseudo. */
6350 SET_DEST (PATTERN (temp
)) = reloadreg
;
6352 /* Verify that resulting insn is valid. */
6353 extract_insn (temp
);
6354 if (constrain_operands (1))
6356 /* If the previous insn is an output reload, the source is
6357 a reload register, and its spill_reg_store entry will
6358 contain the previous destination. This is now
6360 if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (temp
))) == REG
6361 && REGNO (SET_SRC (PATTERN (temp
))) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6363 spill_reg_store
[REGNO (SET_SRC (PATTERN (temp
)))] = 0;
6364 spill_reg_stored_to
[REGNO (SET_SRC (PATTERN (temp
)))] = 0;
6367 /* If these are the only uses of the pseudo reg,
6368 pretend for GDB it lives in the reload reg we used. */
6369 if (REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (old
)) == 1
6370 && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (old
)) == 1)
6372 reg_renumber
[REGNO (old
)] = REGNO (rl
->reg_rtx
);
6373 alter_reg (REGNO (old
), -1);
6379 SET_DEST (PATTERN (temp
)) = old
;
6384 /* We can't do that, so output an insn to load RELOADREG. */
6386 #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
6387 /* If we have a secondary reload, pick up the secondary register
6388 and icode, if any. If OLDEQUIV and OLD are different or
6389 if this is an in-out reload, recompute whether or not we
6390 still need a secondary register and what the icode should
6391 be. If we still need a secondary register and the class or
6392 icode is different, go back to reloading from OLD if using
6393 OLDEQUIV means that we got the wrong type of register. We
6394 cannot have different class or icode due to an in-out reload
6395 because we don't make such reloads when both the input and
6396 output need secondary reload registers. */
6398 if (! special
&& rl
->secondary_in_reload
>= 0)
6400 rtx second_reload_reg
= 0;
6401 int secondary_reload
= rl
->secondary_in_reload
;
6402 rtx real_oldequiv
= oldequiv
;
6405 enum insn_code icode
;
6407 /* If OLDEQUIV is a pseudo with a MEM, get the real MEM
6408 and similarly for OLD.
6409 See comments in get_secondary_reload in reload.c. */
6410 /* If it is a pseudo that cannot be replaced with its
6411 equivalent MEM, we must fall back to reload_in, which
6412 will have all the necessary substitutions registered.
6413 Likewise for a pseudo that can't be replaced with its
6414 equivalent constant.
6416 Take extra care for subregs of such pseudos. Note that
6417 we cannot use reg_equiv_mem in this case because it is
6418 not in the right mode. */
6421 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SUBREG
)
6422 tmp
= SUBREG_REG (tmp
);
6423 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
6424 && REGNO (tmp
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6425 && (reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (tmp
)] != 0
6426 || reg_equiv_constant
[REGNO (tmp
)] != 0))
6428 if (! reg_equiv_mem
[REGNO (tmp
)]
6429 || num_not_at_initial_offset
6430 || GET_CODE (oldequiv
) == SUBREG
)
6431 real_oldequiv
= rl
->in
;
6433 real_oldequiv
= reg_equiv_mem
[REGNO (tmp
)];
6437 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SUBREG
)
6438 tmp
= SUBREG_REG (tmp
);
6439 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
6440 && REGNO (tmp
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6441 && (reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (tmp
)] != 0
6442 || reg_equiv_constant
[REGNO (tmp
)] != 0))
6444 if (! reg_equiv_mem
[REGNO (tmp
)]
6445 || num_not_at_initial_offset
6446 || GET_CODE (old
) == SUBREG
)
6449 real_old
= reg_equiv_mem
[REGNO (tmp
)];
6452 second_reload_reg
= rld
[secondary_reload
].reg_rtx
;
6453 icode
= rl
->secondary_in_icode
;
6455 if ((old
!= oldequiv
&& ! rtx_equal_p (old
, oldequiv
))
6456 || (rl
->in
!= 0 && rl
->out
!= 0))
6458 enum reg_class new_class
6459 = SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (rl
->class,
6460 mode
, real_oldequiv
);
6462 if (new_class
== NO_REGS
)
6463 second_reload_reg
= 0;
6466 enum insn_code new_icode
;
6467 enum machine_mode new_mode
;
6469 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents
[(int) new_class
],
6470 REGNO (second_reload_reg
)))
6471 oldequiv
= old
, real_oldequiv
= real_old
;
6474 new_icode
= reload_in_optab
[(int) mode
];
6475 if (new_icode
!= CODE_FOR_nothing
6476 && ((insn_data
[(int) new_icode
].operand
[0].predicate
6477 && ! ((*insn_data
[(int) new_icode
].operand
[0].predicate
)
6479 || (insn_data
[(int) new_icode
].operand
[1].predicate
6480 && ! ((*insn_data
[(int) new_icode
].operand
[1].predicate
)
6481 (real_oldequiv
, mode
)))))
6482 new_icode
= CODE_FOR_nothing
;
6484 if (new_icode
== CODE_FOR_nothing
)
6487 new_mode
= insn_data
[(int) new_icode
].operand
[2].mode
;
6489 if (GET_MODE (second_reload_reg
) != new_mode
)
6491 if (!HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (second_reload_reg
),
6493 oldequiv
= old
, real_oldequiv
= real_old
;
6496 = reload_adjust_reg_for_mode (second_reload_reg
,
6503 /* If we still need a secondary reload register, check
6504 to see if it is being used as a scratch or intermediate
6505 register and generate code appropriately. If we need
6506 a scratch register, use REAL_OLDEQUIV since the form of
6507 the insn may depend on the actual address if it is
6510 if (second_reload_reg
)
6512 if (icode
!= CODE_FOR_nothing
)
6514 emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode
) (reloadreg
, real_oldequiv
,
6515 second_reload_reg
));
6520 /* See if we need a scratch register to load the
6521 intermediate register (a tertiary reload). */
6522 enum insn_code tertiary_icode
6523 = rld
[secondary_reload
].secondary_in_icode
;
6525 if (tertiary_icode
!= CODE_FOR_nothing
)
6527 rtx third_reload_reg
6528 = rld
[rld
[secondary_reload
].secondary_in_reload
].reg_rtx
;
6530 emit_insn ((GEN_FCN (tertiary_icode
)
6531 (second_reload_reg
, real_oldequiv
,
6532 third_reload_reg
)));
6535 gen_reload (second_reload_reg
, real_oldequiv
,
6539 oldequiv
= second_reload_reg
;
6545 if (! special
&& ! rtx_equal_p (reloadreg
, oldequiv
))
6547 rtx real_oldequiv
= oldequiv
;
6549 if ((GET_CODE (oldequiv
) == REG
6550 && REGNO (oldequiv
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6551 && (reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (oldequiv
)] != 0
6552 || reg_equiv_constant
[REGNO (oldequiv
)] != 0))
6553 || (GET_CODE (oldequiv
) == SUBREG
6554 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (oldequiv
)) == REG
6555 && (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (oldequiv
))
6556 >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6557 && ((reg_equiv_memory_loc
6558 [REGNO (SUBREG_REG (oldequiv
))] != 0)
6559 || (reg_equiv_constant
6560 [REGNO (SUBREG_REG (oldequiv
))] != 0)))
6561 || (CONSTANT_P (oldequiv
)
6562 && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (oldequiv
,
6563 REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (reloadreg
)))
6565 real_oldequiv
= rl
->in
;
6566 gen_reload (reloadreg
, real_oldequiv
, rl
->opnum
,
6570 if (flag_non_call_exceptions
)
6571 copy_eh_notes (insn
, get_insns ());
6573 /* End this sequence. */
6574 *where
= get_insns ();
6577 /* Update reload_override_in so that delete_address_reloads_1
6578 can see the actual register usage. */
6580 reload_override_in
[j
] = oldequiv
;
6583 /* Generate insns to for the output reload RL, which is for the insn described
6584 by CHAIN and has the number J. */
6586 emit_output_reload_insns (struct insn_chain
*chain
, struct reload
*rl
,
6589 rtx reloadreg
= rl
->reg_rtx
;
6590 rtx insn
= chain
->insn
;
6593 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (old
);
6596 if (rl
->when_needed
== RELOAD_OTHER
)
6599 push_to_sequence (output_reload_insns
[rl
->opnum
]);
6601 /* Determine the mode to reload in.
6602 See comments above (for input reloading). */
6604 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
6606 /* VOIDmode should never happen for an output. */
6607 if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn
)) < 0)
6608 /* It's the compiler's fault. */
6609 fatal_insn ("VOIDmode on an output", insn
);
6610 error_for_asm (insn
, "output operand is constant in `asm'");
6611 /* Prevent crash--use something we know is valid. */
6613 old
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, REGNO (reloadreg
));
6616 if (GET_MODE (reloadreg
) != mode
)
6617 reloadreg
= reload_adjust_reg_for_mode (reloadreg
, mode
);
6619 #ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
6621 /* If we need two reload regs, set RELOADREG to the intermediate
6622 one, since it will be stored into OLD. We might need a secondary
6623 register only for an input reload, so check again here. */
6625 if (rl
->secondary_out_reload
>= 0)
6629 if (GET_CODE (old
) == REG
&& REGNO (old
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6630 && reg_equiv_mem
[REGNO (old
)] != 0)
6631 real_old
= reg_equiv_mem
[REGNO (old
)];
6633 if ((SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (rl
->class,
6637 rtx second_reloadreg
= reloadreg
;
6638 reloadreg
= rld
[rl
->secondary_out_reload
].reg_rtx
;
6640 /* See if RELOADREG is to be used as a scratch register
6641 or as an intermediate register. */
6642 if (rl
->secondary_out_icode
!= CODE_FOR_nothing
)
6644 emit_insn ((GEN_FCN (rl
->secondary_out_icode
)
6645 (real_old
, second_reloadreg
, reloadreg
)));
6650 /* See if we need both a scratch and intermediate reload
6653 int secondary_reload
= rl
->secondary_out_reload
;
6654 enum insn_code tertiary_icode
6655 = rld
[secondary_reload
].secondary_out_icode
;
6657 if (GET_MODE (reloadreg
) != mode
)
6658 reloadreg
= reload_adjust_reg_for_mode (reloadreg
, mode
);
6660 if (tertiary_icode
!= CODE_FOR_nothing
)
6663 = rld
[rld
[secondary_reload
].secondary_out_reload
].reg_rtx
;
6666 /* Copy primary reload reg to secondary reload reg.
6667 (Note that these have been swapped above, then
6668 secondary reload reg to OLD using our insn.) */
6670 /* If REAL_OLD is a paradoxical SUBREG, remove it
6671 and try to put the opposite SUBREG on
6673 if (GET_CODE (real_old
) == SUBREG
6674 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (real_old
))
6675 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (real_old
))))
6676 && 0 != (tem
= gen_lowpart_common
6677 (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (real_old
)),
6679 real_old
= SUBREG_REG (real_old
), reloadreg
= tem
;
6681 gen_reload (reloadreg
, second_reloadreg
,
6682 rl
->opnum
, rl
->when_needed
);
6683 emit_insn ((GEN_FCN (tertiary_icode
)
6684 (real_old
, reloadreg
, third_reloadreg
)));
6689 /* Copy between the reload regs here and then to
6692 gen_reload (reloadreg
, second_reloadreg
,
6693 rl
->opnum
, rl
->when_needed
);
6699 /* Output the last reload insn. */
6704 /* Don't output the last reload if OLD is not the dest of
6705 INSN and is in the src and is clobbered by INSN. */
6706 if (! flag_expensive_optimizations
6707 || GET_CODE (old
) != REG
6708 || !(set
= single_set (insn
))
6709 || rtx_equal_p (old
, SET_DEST (set
))
6710 || !reg_mentioned_p (old
, SET_SRC (set
))
6711 || !regno_clobbered_p (REGNO (old
), insn
, rl
->mode
, 0))
6712 gen_reload (old
, reloadreg
, rl
->opnum
,
6716 /* Look at all insns we emitted, just to be safe. */
6717 for (p
= get_insns (); p
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
6720 rtx pat
= PATTERN (p
);
6722 /* If this output reload doesn't come from a spill reg,
6723 clear any memory of reloaded copies of the pseudo reg.
6724 If this output reload comes from a spill reg,
6725 reg_has_output_reload will make this do nothing. */
6726 note_stores (pat
, forget_old_reloads_1
, NULL
);
6728 if (reg_mentioned_p (rl
->reg_rtx
, pat
))
6730 rtx set
= single_set (insn
);
6731 if (reload_spill_index
[j
] < 0
6733 && SET_SRC (set
) == rl
->reg_rtx
)
6735 int src
= REGNO (SET_SRC (set
));
6737 reload_spill_index
[j
] = src
;
6738 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload
, src
);
6739 if (find_regno_note (insn
, REG_DEAD
, src
))
6740 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_died
, src
);
6742 if (REGNO (rl
->reg_rtx
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6744 int s
= rl
->secondary_out_reload
;
6745 set
= single_set (p
);
6746 /* If this reload copies only to the secondary reload
6747 register, the secondary reload does the actual
6749 if (s
>= 0 && set
== NULL_RTX
)
6750 /* We can't tell what function the secondary reload
6751 has and where the actual store to the pseudo is
6752 made; leave new_spill_reg_store alone. */
6755 && SET_SRC (set
) == rl
->reg_rtx
6756 && SET_DEST (set
) == rld
[s
].reg_rtx
)
6758 /* Usually the next instruction will be the
6759 secondary reload insn; if we can confirm
6760 that it is, setting new_spill_reg_store to
6761 that insn will allow an extra optimization. */
6762 rtx s_reg
= rld
[s
].reg_rtx
;
6763 rtx next
= NEXT_INSN (p
);
6764 rld
[s
].out
= rl
->out
;
6765 rld
[s
].out_reg
= rl
->out_reg
;
6766 set
= single_set (next
);
6767 if (set
&& SET_SRC (set
) == s_reg
6768 && ! new_spill_reg_store
[REGNO (s_reg
)])
6770 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload
,
6772 new_spill_reg_store
[REGNO (s_reg
)] = next
;
6776 new_spill_reg_store
[REGNO (rl
->reg_rtx
)] = p
;
6781 if (rl
->when_needed
== RELOAD_OTHER
)
6783 emit_insn (other_output_reload_insns
[rl
->opnum
]);
6784 other_output_reload_insns
[rl
->opnum
] = get_insns ();
6787 output_reload_insns
[rl
->opnum
] = get_insns ();
6789 if (flag_non_call_exceptions
)
6790 copy_eh_notes (insn
, get_insns ());
6795 /* Do input reloading for reload RL, which is for the insn described by CHAIN
6796 and has the number J. */
6798 do_input_reload (struct insn_chain
*chain
, struct reload
*rl
, int j
)
6800 rtx insn
= chain
->insn
;
6801 rtx old
= (rl
->in
&& GET_CODE (rl
->in
) == MEM
6802 ? rl
->in_reg
: rl
->in
);
6805 /* AUTO_INC reloads need to be handled even if inherited. We got an
6806 AUTO_INC reload if reload_out is set but reload_out_reg isn't. */
6807 && (! reload_inherited
[j
] || (rl
->out
&& ! rl
->out_reg
))
6808 && ! rtx_equal_p (rl
->reg_rtx
, old
)
6809 && rl
->reg_rtx
!= 0)
6810 emit_input_reload_insns (chain
, rld
+ j
, old
, j
);
6812 /* When inheriting a wider reload, we have a MEM in rl->in,
6813 e.g. inheriting a SImode output reload for
6814 (mem:HI (plus:SI (reg:SI 14 fp) (const_int 10))) */
6815 if (optimize
&& reload_inherited
[j
] && rl
->in
6816 && GET_CODE (rl
->in
) == MEM
6817 && GET_CODE (rl
->in_reg
) == MEM
6818 && reload_spill_index
[j
] >= 0
6819 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, reload_spill_index
[j
]))
6820 rl
->in
= regno_reg_rtx
[reg_reloaded_contents
[reload_spill_index
[j
]]];
6822 /* If we are reloading a register that was recently stored in with an
6823 output-reload, see if we can prove there was
6824 actually no need to store the old value in it. */
6827 /* Only attempt this for input reloads; for RELOAD_OTHER we miss
6828 that there may be multiple uses of the previous output reload.
6829 Restricting to RELOAD_FOR_INPUT is mostly paranoia. */
6830 && rl
->when_needed
== RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
6831 && (reload_inherited
[j
] || reload_override_in
[j
])
6833 && GET_CODE (rl
->reg_rtx
) == REG
6834 && spill_reg_store
[REGNO (rl
->reg_rtx
)] != 0
6836 /* There doesn't seem to be any reason to restrict this to pseudos
6837 and doing so loses in the case where we are copying from a
6838 register of the wrong class. */
6839 && (REGNO (spill_reg_stored_to
[REGNO (rl
->reg_rtx
)])
6840 >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6842 /* The insn might have already some references to stackslots
6843 replaced by MEMs, while reload_out_reg still names the
6845 && (dead_or_set_p (insn
,
6846 spill_reg_stored_to
[REGNO (rl
->reg_rtx
)])
6847 || rtx_equal_p (spill_reg_stored_to
[REGNO (rl
->reg_rtx
)],
6849 delete_output_reload (insn
, j
, REGNO (rl
->reg_rtx
));
6852 /* Do output reloading for reload RL, which is for the insn described by
6853 CHAIN and has the number J.
6854 ??? At some point we need to support handling output reloads of
6855 JUMP_INSNs or insns that set cc0. */
6857 do_output_reload (struct insn_chain
*chain
, struct reload
*rl
, int j
)
6860 rtx insn
= chain
->insn
;
6861 /* If this is an output reload that stores something that is
6862 not loaded in this same reload, see if we can eliminate a previous
6864 rtx pseudo
= rl
->out_reg
;
6868 && GET_CODE (pseudo
) == REG
6869 && ! rtx_equal_p (rl
->in_reg
, pseudo
)
6870 && REGNO (pseudo
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6871 && reg_last_reload_reg
[REGNO (pseudo
)])
6873 int pseudo_no
= REGNO (pseudo
);
6874 int last_regno
= REGNO (reg_last_reload_reg
[pseudo_no
]);
6876 /* We don't need to test full validity of last_regno for
6877 inherit here; we only want to know if the store actually
6878 matches the pseudo. */
6879 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, last_regno
)
6880 && reg_reloaded_contents
[last_regno
] == pseudo_no
6881 && spill_reg_store
[last_regno
]
6882 && rtx_equal_p (pseudo
, spill_reg_stored_to
[last_regno
]))
6883 delete_output_reload (insn
, j
, last_regno
);
6888 || rl
->reg_rtx
== old
6889 || rl
->reg_rtx
== 0)
6892 /* An output operand that dies right away does need a reload,
6893 but need not be copied from it. Show the new location in the
6895 if ((GET_CODE (old
) == REG
|| GET_CODE (old
) == SCRATCH
)
6896 && (note
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_UNUSED
, old
)) != 0)
6898 XEXP (note
, 0) = rl
->reg_rtx
;
6901 /* Likewise for a SUBREG of an operand that dies. */
6902 else if (GET_CODE (old
) == SUBREG
6903 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (old
)) == REG
6904 && 0 != (note
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_UNUSED
,
6907 XEXP (note
, 0) = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (old
),
6911 else if (GET_CODE (old
) == SCRATCH
)
6912 /* If we aren't optimizing, there won't be a REG_UNUSED note,
6913 but we don't want to make an output reload. */
6916 /* If is a JUMP_INSN, we can't support output reloads yet. */
6917 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
)
6920 emit_output_reload_insns (chain
, rld
+ j
, j
);
6923 /* Output insns to reload values in and out of the chosen reload regs. */
6926 emit_reload_insns (struct insn_chain
*chain
)
6928 rtx insn
= chain
->insn
;
6932 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_died
);
6934 for (j
= 0; j
< reload_n_operands
; j
++)
6935 input_reload_insns
[j
] = input_address_reload_insns
[j
]
6936 = inpaddr_address_reload_insns
[j
]
6937 = output_reload_insns
[j
] = output_address_reload_insns
[j
]
6938 = outaddr_address_reload_insns
[j
]
6939 = other_output_reload_insns
[j
] = 0;
6940 other_input_address_reload_insns
= 0;
6941 other_input_reload_insns
= 0;
6942 operand_reload_insns
= 0;
6943 other_operand_reload_insns
= 0;
6945 /* Dump reloads into the dump file. */
6948 fprintf (rtl_dump_file
, "\nReloads for insn # %d\n", INSN_UID (insn
));
6949 debug_reload_to_stream (rtl_dump_file
);
6952 /* Now output the instructions to copy the data into and out of the
6953 reload registers. Do these in the order that the reloads were reported,
6954 since reloads of base and index registers precede reloads of operands
6955 and the operands may need the base and index registers reloaded. */
6957 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
6960 && REGNO (rld
[j
].reg_rtx
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6961 new_spill_reg_store
[REGNO (rld
[j
].reg_rtx
)] = 0;
6963 do_input_reload (chain
, rld
+ j
, j
);
6964 do_output_reload (chain
, rld
+ j
, j
);
6967 /* Now write all the insns we made for reloads in the order expected by
6968 the allocation functions. Prior to the insn being reloaded, we write
6969 the following reloads:
6971 RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS reloads for input addresses.
6973 RELOAD_OTHER reloads.
6975 For each operand, any RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS reloads followed
6976 by any RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads followed by the
6977 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reload for the operand.
6979 RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDRS reloads.
6981 RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads.
6983 After the insn being reloaded, we write the following:
6985 For each operand, any RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS reloads followed
6986 by any RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS reload followed by the
6987 RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT reload, followed by any RELOAD_OTHER output
6988 reloads for the operand. The RELOAD_OTHER output reloads are
6989 output in descending order by reload number. */
6991 emit_insn_before (other_input_address_reload_insns
, insn
);
6992 emit_insn_before (other_input_reload_insns
, insn
);
6994 for (j
= 0; j
< reload_n_operands
; j
++)
6996 emit_insn_before (inpaddr_address_reload_insns
[j
], insn
);
6997 emit_insn_before (input_address_reload_insns
[j
], insn
);
6998 emit_insn_before (input_reload_insns
[j
], insn
);
7001 emit_insn_before (other_operand_reload_insns
, insn
);
7002 emit_insn_before (operand_reload_insns
, insn
);
7004 for (j
= 0; j
< reload_n_operands
; j
++)
7006 rtx x
= emit_insn_after (outaddr_address_reload_insns
[j
], insn
);
7007 x
= emit_insn_after (output_address_reload_insns
[j
], x
);
7008 x
= emit_insn_after (output_reload_insns
[j
], x
);
7009 emit_insn_after (other_output_reload_insns
[j
], x
);
7012 /* For all the spill regs newly reloaded in this instruction,
7013 record what they were reloaded from, so subsequent instructions
7014 can inherit the reloads.
7016 Update spill_reg_store for the reloads of this insn.
7017 Copy the elements that were updated in the loop above. */
7019 for (j
= 0; j
< n_reloads
; j
++)
7021 int r
= reload_order
[j
];
7022 int i
= reload_spill_index
[r
];
7024 /* If this is a non-inherited input reload from a pseudo, we must
7025 clear any memory of a previous store to the same pseudo. Only do
7026 something if there will not be an output reload for the pseudo
7028 if (rld
[r
].in_reg
!= 0
7029 && ! (reload_inherited
[r
] || reload_override_in
[r
]))
7031 rtx reg
= rld
[r
].in_reg
;
7033 if (GET_CODE (reg
) == SUBREG
)
7034 reg
= SUBREG_REG (reg
);
7036 if (GET_CODE (reg
) == REG
7037 && REGNO (reg
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7038 && ! reg_has_output_reload
[REGNO (reg
)])
7040 int nregno
= REGNO (reg
);
7042 if (reg_last_reload_reg
[nregno
])
7044 int last_regno
= REGNO (reg_last_reload_reg
[nregno
]);
7046 if (reg_reloaded_contents
[last_regno
] == nregno
)
7047 spill_reg_store
[last_regno
] = 0;
7052 /* I is nonneg if this reload used a register.
7053 If rld[r].reg_rtx is 0, this is an optional reload
7054 that we opted to ignore. */
7056 if (i
>= 0 && rld
[r
].reg_rtx
!= 0)
7058 int nr
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i
, GET_MODE (rld
[r
].reg_rtx
));
7060 int part_reaches_end
= 0;
7061 int all_reaches_end
= 1;
7063 /* For a multi register reload, we need to check if all or part
7064 of the value lives to the end. */
7065 for (k
= 0; k
< nr
; k
++)
7067 if (reload_reg_reaches_end_p (i
+ k
, rld
[r
].opnum
,
7068 rld
[r
].when_needed
))
7069 part_reaches_end
= 1;
7071 all_reaches_end
= 0;
7074 /* Ignore reloads that don't reach the end of the insn in
7076 if (all_reaches_end
)
7078 /* First, clear out memory of what used to be in this spill reg.
7079 If consecutive registers are used, clear them all. */
7081 for (k
= 0; k
< nr
; k
++)
7083 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, i
+ k
);
7084 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered
, i
+ k
);
7087 /* Maybe the spill reg contains a copy of reload_out. */
7089 && (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].out
) == REG
7093 || GET_CODE (rld
[r
].out_reg
) == REG
))
7095 rtx out
= (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].out
) == REG
7099 /* AUTO_INC */ : XEXP (rld
[r
].in_reg
, 0));
7100 int nregno
= REGNO (out
);
7101 int nnr
= (nregno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
? 1
7102 : HARD_REGNO_NREGS (nregno
,
7103 GET_MODE (rld
[r
].reg_rtx
)));
7105 spill_reg_store
[i
] = new_spill_reg_store
[i
];
7106 spill_reg_stored_to
[i
] = out
;
7107 reg_last_reload_reg
[nregno
] = rld
[r
].reg_rtx
;
7109 /* If NREGNO is a hard register, it may occupy more than
7110 one register. If it does, say what is in the
7111 rest of the registers assuming that both registers
7112 agree on how many words the object takes. If not,
7113 invalidate the subsequent registers. */
7115 if (nregno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7116 for (k
= 1; k
< nnr
; k
++)
7117 reg_last_reload_reg
[nregno
+ k
]
7119 ? regno_reg_rtx
[REGNO (rld
[r
].reg_rtx
) + k
]
7122 /* Now do the inverse operation. */
7123 for (k
= 0; k
< nr
; k
++)
7125 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_dead
, i
+ k
);
7126 reg_reloaded_contents
[i
+ k
]
7127 = (nregno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|| nr
!= nnr
7130 reg_reloaded_insn
[i
+ k
] = insn
;
7131 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, i
+ k
);
7132 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
+ k
, GET_MODE (out
)))
7133 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered
, i
+ k
);
7137 /* Maybe the spill reg contains a copy of reload_in. Only do
7138 something if there will not be an output reload for
7139 the register being reloaded. */
7140 else if (rld
[r
].out_reg
== 0
7142 && ((GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in
) == REG
7143 && REGNO (rld
[r
].in
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7144 && ! reg_has_output_reload
[REGNO (rld
[r
].in
)])
7145 || (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in_reg
) == REG
7146 && ! reg_has_output_reload
[REGNO (rld
[r
].in_reg
)]))
7147 && ! reg_set_p (rld
[r
].reg_rtx
, PATTERN (insn
)))
7153 if (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in
) == REG
7154 && REGNO (rld
[r
].in
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7156 else if (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].in_reg
) == REG
)
7159 in
= XEXP (rld
[r
].in_reg
, 0);
7160 nregno
= REGNO (in
);
7162 nnr
= (nregno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
? 1
7163 : HARD_REGNO_NREGS (nregno
,
7164 GET_MODE (rld
[r
].reg_rtx
)));
7166 reg_last_reload_reg
[nregno
] = rld
[r
].reg_rtx
;
7168 if (nregno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7169 for (k
= 1; k
< nnr
; k
++)
7170 reg_last_reload_reg
[nregno
+ k
]
7172 ? regno_reg_rtx
[REGNO (rld
[r
].reg_rtx
) + k
]
7175 /* Unless we inherited this reload, show we haven't
7176 recently done a store.
7177 Previous stores of inherited auto_inc expressions
7178 also have to be discarded. */
7179 if (! reload_inherited
[r
]
7180 || (rld
[r
].out
&& ! rld
[r
].out_reg
))
7181 spill_reg_store
[i
] = 0;
7183 for (k
= 0; k
< nr
; k
++)
7185 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_dead
, i
+ k
);
7186 reg_reloaded_contents
[i
+ k
]
7187 = (nregno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|| nr
!= nnr
7190 reg_reloaded_insn
[i
+ k
] = insn
;
7191 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, i
+ k
);
7192 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
+ k
, GET_MODE (in
)))
7193 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered
, i
+ k
);
7198 /* However, if part of the reload reaches the end, then we must
7199 invalidate the old info for the part that survives to the end. */
7200 else if (part_reaches_end
)
7202 for (k
= 0; k
< nr
; k
++)
7203 if (reload_reg_reaches_end_p (i
+ k
,
7205 rld
[r
].when_needed
))
7206 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, i
+ k
);
7210 /* The following if-statement was #if 0'd in 1.34 (or before...).
7211 It's reenabled in 1.35 because supposedly nothing else
7212 deals with this problem. */
7214 /* If a register gets output-reloaded from a non-spill register,
7215 that invalidates any previous reloaded copy of it.
7216 But forget_old_reloads_1 won't get to see it, because
7217 it thinks only about the original insn. So invalidate it here. */
7218 if (i
< 0 && rld
[r
].out
!= 0
7219 && (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].out
) == REG
7220 || (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].out
) == MEM
7221 && GET_CODE (rld
[r
].out_reg
) == REG
)))
7223 rtx out
= (GET_CODE (rld
[r
].out
) == REG
7224 ? rld
[r
].out
: rld
[r
].out_reg
);
7225 int nregno
= REGNO (out
);
7226 if (nregno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7228 rtx src_reg
, store_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
7230 reg_last_reload_reg
[nregno
] = 0;
7232 /* If we can find a hard register that is stored, record
7233 the storing insn so that we may delete this insn with
7234 delete_output_reload. */
7235 src_reg
= rld
[r
].reg_rtx
;
7237 /* If this is an optional reload, try to find the source reg
7238 from an input reload. */
7241 rtx set
= single_set (insn
);
7242 if (set
&& SET_DEST (set
) == rld
[r
].out
)
7246 src_reg
= SET_SRC (set
);
7248 for (k
= 0; k
< n_reloads
; k
++)
7250 if (rld
[k
].in
== src_reg
)
7252 src_reg
= rld
[k
].reg_rtx
;
7259 store_insn
= new_spill_reg_store
[REGNO (src_reg
)];
7260 if (src_reg
&& GET_CODE (src_reg
) == REG
7261 && REGNO (src_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7263 int src_regno
= REGNO (src_reg
);
7264 int nr
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (src_regno
, rld
[r
].mode
);
7265 /* The place where to find a death note varies with
7266 PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P . The condition is not
7267 necessarily checked exactly in the code that moves
7268 notes, so just check both locations. */
7269 rtx note
= find_regno_note (insn
, REG_DEAD
, src_regno
);
7270 if (! note
&& store_insn
)
7271 note
= find_regno_note (store_insn
, REG_DEAD
, src_regno
);
7274 spill_reg_store
[src_regno
+ nr
] = store_insn
;
7275 spill_reg_stored_to
[src_regno
+ nr
] = out
;
7276 reg_reloaded_contents
[src_regno
+ nr
] = nregno
;
7277 reg_reloaded_insn
[src_regno
+ nr
] = store_insn
;
7278 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_dead
, src_regno
+ nr
);
7279 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_valid
, src_regno
+ nr
);
7280 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (src_regno
+ nr
,
7281 GET_MODE (src_reg
)))
7282 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_call_part_clobbered
,
7284 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload
, src_regno
+ nr
);
7286 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_died
, src_regno
);
7288 CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_reloaded_died
, src_regno
);
7290 reg_last_reload_reg
[nregno
] = src_reg
;
7291 /* We have to set reg_has_output_reload here, or else
7292 forget_old_reloads_1 will clear reg_last_reload_reg
7294 reg_has_output_reload
[nregno
] = 1;
7299 int num_regs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (nregno
, GET_MODE (rld
[r
].out
));
7301 while (num_regs
-- > 0)
7302 reg_last_reload_reg
[nregno
+ num_regs
] = 0;
7306 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_reloaded_dead
, reg_reloaded_died
);
7309 /* Emit code to perform a reload from IN (which may be a reload register) to
7310 OUT (which may also be a reload register). IN or OUT is from operand
7311 OPNUM with reload type TYPE.
7313 Returns first insn emitted. */
7316 gen_reload (rtx out
, rtx in
, int opnum
, enum reload_type type
)
7318 rtx last
= get_last_insn ();
7321 /* If IN is a paradoxical SUBREG, remove it and try to put the
7322 opposite SUBREG on OUT. Likewise for a paradoxical SUBREG on OUT. */
7323 if (GET_CODE (in
) == SUBREG
7324 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in
))
7325 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in
))))
7326 && (tem
= gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in
)), out
)) != 0)
7327 in
= SUBREG_REG (in
), out
= tem
;
7328 else if (GET_CODE (out
) == SUBREG
7329 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (out
))
7330 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out
))))
7331 && (tem
= gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out
)), in
)) != 0)
7332 out
= SUBREG_REG (out
), in
= tem
;
7334 /* How to do this reload can get quite tricky. Normally, we are being
7335 asked to reload a simple operand, such as a MEM, a constant, or a pseudo
7336 register that didn't get a hard register. In that case we can just
7337 call emit_move_insn.
7339 We can also be asked to reload a PLUS that adds a register or a MEM to
7340 another register, constant or MEM. This can occur during frame pointer
7341 elimination and while reloading addresses. This case is handled by
7342 trying to emit a single insn to perform the add. If it is not valid,
7343 we use a two insn sequence.
7345 Finally, we could be called to handle an 'o' constraint by putting
7346 an address into a register. In that case, we first try to do this
7347 with a named pattern of "reload_load_address". If no such pattern
7348 exists, we just emit a SET insn and hope for the best (it will normally
7349 be valid on machines that use 'o').
7351 This entire process is made complex because reload will never
7352 process the insns we generate here and so we must ensure that
7353 they will fit their constraints and also by the fact that parts of
7354 IN might be being reloaded separately and replaced with spill registers.
7355 Because of this, we are, in some sense, just guessing the right approach
7356 here. The one listed above seems to work.
7358 ??? At some point, this whole thing needs to be rethought. */
7360 if (GET_CODE (in
) == PLUS
7361 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (in
, 0)) == REG
7362 || GET_CODE (XEXP (in
, 0)) == SUBREG
7363 || GET_CODE (XEXP (in
, 0)) == MEM
)
7364 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (in
, 1)) == REG
7365 || GET_CODE (XEXP (in
, 1)) == SUBREG
7366 || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (in
, 1))
7367 || GET_CODE (XEXP (in
, 1)) == MEM
))
7369 /* We need to compute the sum of a register or a MEM and another
7370 register, constant, or MEM, and put it into the reload
7371 register. The best possible way of doing this is if the machine
7372 has a three-operand ADD insn that accepts the required operands.
7374 The simplest approach is to try to generate such an insn and see if it
7375 is recognized and matches its constraints. If so, it can be used.
7377 It might be better not to actually emit the insn unless it is valid,
7378 but we need to pass the insn as an operand to `recog' and
7379 `extract_insn' and it is simpler to emit and then delete the insn if
7380 not valid than to dummy things up. */
7382 rtx op0
, op1
, tem
, insn
;
7385 op0
= find_replacement (&XEXP (in
, 0));
7386 op1
= find_replacement (&XEXP (in
, 1));
7388 /* Since constraint checking is strict, commutativity won't be
7389 checked, so we need to do that here to avoid spurious failure
7390 if the add instruction is two-address and the second operand
7391 of the add is the same as the reload reg, which is frequently
7392 the case. If the insn would be A = B + A, rearrange it so
7393 it will be A = A + B as constrain_operands expects. */
7395 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (in
, 1)) == REG
7396 && REGNO (out
) == REGNO (XEXP (in
, 1)))
7397 tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
7399 if (op0
!= XEXP (in
, 0) || op1
!= XEXP (in
, 1))
7400 in
= gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (in
), op0
, op1
);
7402 insn
= emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, out
, in
));
7403 code
= recog_memoized (insn
);
7407 extract_insn (insn
);
7408 /* We want constrain operands to treat this insn strictly in
7409 its validity determination, i.e., the way it would after reload
7411 if (constrain_operands (1))
7415 delete_insns_since (last
);
7417 /* If that failed, we must use a conservative two-insn sequence.
7419 Use a move to copy one operand into the reload register. Prefer
7420 to reload a constant, MEM or pseudo since the move patterns can
7421 handle an arbitrary operand. If OP1 is not a constant, MEM or
7422 pseudo and OP1 is not a valid operand for an add instruction, then
7425 After reloading one of the operands into the reload register, add
7426 the reload register to the output register.
7428 If there is another way to do this for a specific machine, a
7429 DEFINE_PEEPHOLE should be specified that recognizes the sequence
7432 code
= (int) add_optab
->handlers
[(int) GET_MODE (out
)].insn_code
;
7434 if (CONSTANT_P (op1
) || GET_CODE (op1
) == MEM
|| GET_CODE (op1
) == SUBREG
7435 || (GET_CODE (op1
) == REG
7436 && REGNO (op1
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7437 || (code
!= CODE_FOR_nothing
7438 && ! ((*insn_data
[code
].operand
[2].predicate
)
7439 (op1
, insn_data
[code
].operand
[2].mode
))))
7440 tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
7442 gen_reload (out
, op0
, opnum
, type
);
7444 /* If OP0 and OP1 are the same, we can use OUT for OP1.
7445 This fixes a problem on the 32K where the stack pointer cannot
7446 be used as an operand of an add insn. */
7448 if (rtx_equal_p (op0
, op1
))
7451 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (out
, op1
));
7453 /* If that failed, copy the address register to the reload register.
7454 Then add the constant to the reload register. */
7456 code
= recog_memoized (insn
);
7460 extract_insn (insn
);
7461 /* We want constrain operands to treat this insn strictly in
7462 its validity determination, i.e., the way it would after reload
7464 if (constrain_operands (1))
7466 /* Add a REG_EQUIV note so that find_equiv_reg can find it. */
7468 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUIV
, in
, REG_NOTES (insn
));
7473 delete_insns_since (last
);
7475 gen_reload (out
, op1
, opnum
, type
);
7476 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (out
, op0
));
7477 REG_NOTES (insn
) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUIV
, in
, REG_NOTES (insn
));
7480 #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
7481 /* If we need a memory location to do the move, do it that way. */
7482 else if ((GET_CODE (in
) == REG
|| GET_CODE (in
) == SUBREG
)
7483 && reg_or_subregno (in
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7484 && (GET_CODE (out
) == REG
|| GET_CODE (out
) == SUBREG
)
7485 && reg_or_subregno (out
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7486 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (reg_or_subregno (in
)),
7487 REGNO_REG_CLASS (reg_or_subregno (out
)),
7490 /* Get the memory to use and rewrite both registers to its mode. */
7491 rtx loc
= get_secondary_mem (in
, GET_MODE (out
), opnum
, type
);
7493 if (GET_MODE (loc
) != GET_MODE (out
))
7494 out
= gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (loc
), REGNO (out
));
7496 if (GET_MODE (loc
) != GET_MODE (in
))
7497 in
= gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (loc
), REGNO (in
));
7499 gen_reload (loc
, in
, opnum
, type
);
7500 gen_reload (out
, loc
, opnum
, type
);
7504 /* If IN is a simple operand, use gen_move_insn. */
7505 else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (in
)) == 'o' || GET_CODE (in
) == SUBREG
)
7506 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (out
, in
));
7508 #ifdef HAVE_reload_load_address
7509 else if (HAVE_reload_load_address
)
7510 emit_insn (gen_reload_load_address (out
, in
));
7513 /* Otherwise, just write (set OUT IN) and hope for the best. */
7515 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, out
, in
));
7517 /* Return the first insn emitted.
7518 We can not just return get_last_insn, because there may have
7519 been multiple instructions emitted. Also note that gen_move_insn may
7520 emit more than one insn itself, so we can not assume that there is one
7521 insn emitted per emit_insn_before call. */
7523 return last
? NEXT_INSN (last
) : get_insns ();
7526 /* Delete a previously made output-reload whose result we now believe
7527 is not needed. First we double-check.
7529 INSN is the insn now being processed.
7530 LAST_RELOAD_REG is the hard register number for which we want to delete
7531 the last output reload.
7532 J is the reload-number that originally used REG. The caller has made
7533 certain that reload J doesn't use REG any longer for input. */
7536 delete_output_reload (rtx insn
, int j
, int last_reload_reg
)
7538 rtx output_reload_insn
= spill_reg_store
[last_reload_reg
];
7539 rtx reg
= spill_reg_stored_to
[last_reload_reg
];
7542 int n_inherited
= 0;
7546 /* It is possible that this reload has been only used to set another reload
7547 we eliminated earlier and thus deleted this instruction too. */
7548 if (INSN_DELETED_P (output_reload_insn
))
7551 /* Get the raw pseudo-register referred to. */
7553 while (GET_CODE (reg
) == SUBREG
)
7554 reg
= SUBREG_REG (reg
);
7555 substed
= reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (reg
)];
7557 /* This is unsafe if the operand occurs more often in the current
7558 insn than it is inherited. */
7559 for (k
= n_reloads
- 1; k
>= 0; k
--)
7561 rtx reg2
= rld
[k
].in
;
7564 if (GET_CODE (reg2
) == MEM
|| reload_override_in
[k
])
7565 reg2
= rld
[k
].in_reg
;
7567 if (rld
[k
].out
&& ! rld
[k
].out_reg
)
7568 reg2
= XEXP (rld
[k
].in_reg
, 0);
7570 while (GET_CODE (reg2
) == SUBREG
)
7571 reg2
= SUBREG_REG (reg2
);
7572 if (rtx_equal_p (reg2
, reg
))
7574 if (reload_inherited
[k
] || reload_override_in
[k
] || k
== j
)
7577 reg2
= rld
[k
].out_reg
;
7580 while (GET_CODE (reg2
) == SUBREG
)
7581 reg2
= XEXP (reg2
, 0);
7582 if (rtx_equal_p (reg2
, reg
))
7589 n_occurrences
= count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn
), reg
, 0);
7591 n_occurrences
+= count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn
),
7592 eliminate_regs (substed
, 0,
7594 if (n_occurrences
> n_inherited
)
7597 /* If the pseudo-reg we are reloading is no longer referenced
7598 anywhere between the store into it and here,
7599 and no jumps or labels intervene, then the value can get
7600 here through the reload reg alone.
7601 Otherwise, give up--return. */
7602 for (i1
= NEXT_INSN (output_reload_insn
);
7603 i1
!= insn
; i1
= NEXT_INSN (i1
))
7605 if (GET_CODE (i1
) == CODE_LABEL
|| GET_CODE (i1
) == JUMP_INSN
)
7607 if ((GET_CODE (i1
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (i1
) == CALL_INSN
)
7608 && reg_mentioned_p (reg
, PATTERN (i1
)))
7610 /* If this is USE in front of INSN, we only have to check that
7611 there are no more references than accounted for by inheritance. */
7612 while (GET_CODE (i1
) == INSN
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (i1
)) == USE
)
7614 n_occurrences
+= rtx_equal_p (reg
, XEXP (PATTERN (i1
), 0)) != 0;
7615 i1
= NEXT_INSN (i1
);
7617 if (n_occurrences
<= n_inherited
&& i1
== insn
)
7623 /* We will be deleting the insn. Remove the spill reg information. */
7624 for (k
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (last_reload_reg
, GET_MODE (reg
)); k
-- > 0; )
7626 spill_reg_store
[last_reload_reg
+ k
] = 0;
7627 spill_reg_stored_to
[last_reload_reg
+ k
] = 0;
7630 /* The caller has already checked that REG dies or is set in INSN.
7631 It has also checked that we are optimizing, and thus some
7632 inaccuracies in the debugging information are acceptable.
7633 So we could just delete output_reload_insn. But in some cases
7634 we can improve the debugging information without sacrificing
7635 optimization - maybe even improving the code: See if the pseudo
7636 reg has been completely replaced with reload regs. If so, delete
7637 the store insn and forget we had a stack slot for the pseudo. */
7638 if (rld
[j
].out
!= rld
[j
].in
7639 && REG_N_DEATHS (REGNO (reg
)) == 1
7640 && REG_N_SETS (REGNO (reg
)) == 1
7641 && REG_BASIC_BLOCK (REGNO (reg
)) >= 0
7642 && find_regno_note (insn
, REG_DEAD
, REGNO (reg
)))
7646 /* We know that it was used only between here and the beginning of
7647 the current basic block. (We also know that the last use before
7648 INSN was the output reload we are thinking of deleting, but never
7649 mind that.) Search that range; see if any ref remains. */
7650 for (i2
= PREV_INSN (insn
); i2
; i2
= PREV_INSN (i2
))
7652 rtx set
= single_set (i2
);
7654 /* Uses which just store in the pseudo don't count,
7655 since if they are the only uses, they are dead. */
7656 if (set
!= 0 && SET_DEST (set
) == reg
)
7658 if (GET_CODE (i2
) == CODE_LABEL
7659 || GET_CODE (i2
) == JUMP_INSN
)
7661 if ((GET_CODE (i2
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (i2
) == CALL_INSN
)
7662 && reg_mentioned_p (reg
, PATTERN (i2
)))
7664 /* Some other ref remains; just delete the output reload we
7666 delete_address_reloads (output_reload_insn
, insn
);
7667 delete_insn (output_reload_insn
);
7672 /* Delete the now-dead stores into this pseudo. Note that this
7673 loop also takes care of deleting output_reload_insn. */
7674 for (i2
= PREV_INSN (insn
); i2
; i2
= PREV_INSN (i2
))
7676 rtx set
= single_set (i2
);
7678 if (set
!= 0 && SET_DEST (set
) == reg
)
7680 delete_address_reloads (i2
, insn
);
7683 if (GET_CODE (i2
) == CODE_LABEL
7684 || GET_CODE (i2
) == JUMP_INSN
)
7688 /* For the debugging info, say the pseudo lives in this reload reg. */
7689 reg_renumber
[REGNO (reg
)] = REGNO (rld
[j
].reg_rtx
);
7690 alter_reg (REGNO (reg
), -1);
7694 delete_address_reloads (output_reload_insn
, insn
);
7695 delete_insn (output_reload_insn
);
7699 /* We are going to delete DEAD_INSN. Recursively delete loads of
7700 reload registers used in DEAD_INSN that are not used till CURRENT_INSN.
7701 CURRENT_INSN is being reloaded, so we have to check its reloads too. */
7703 delete_address_reloads (rtx dead_insn
, rtx current_insn
)
7705 rtx set
= single_set (dead_insn
);
7706 rtx set2
, dst
, prev
, next
;
7709 rtx dst
= SET_DEST (set
);
7710 if (GET_CODE (dst
) == MEM
)
7711 delete_address_reloads_1 (dead_insn
, XEXP (dst
, 0), current_insn
);
7713 /* If we deleted the store from a reloaded post_{in,de}c expression,
7714 we can delete the matching adds. */
7715 prev
= PREV_INSN (dead_insn
);
7716 next
= NEXT_INSN (dead_insn
);
7717 if (! prev
|| ! next
)
7719 set
= single_set (next
);
7720 set2
= single_set (prev
);
7722 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) != PLUS
|| GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set2
)) != PLUS
7723 || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (set
), 1)) != CONST_INT
7724 || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (set2
), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
7726 dst
= SET_DEST (set
);
7727 if (! rtx_equal_p (dst
, SET_DEST (set2
))
7728 || ! rtx_equal_p (dst
, XEXP (SET_SRC (set
), 0))
7729 || ! rtx_equal_p (dst
, XEXP (SET_SRC (set2
), 0))
7730 || (INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (set
), 1))
7731 != -INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (set2
), 1))))
7733 delete_related_insns (prev
);
7734 delete_related_insns (next
);
7737 /* Subfunction of delete_address_reloads: process registers found in X. */
7739 delete_address_reloads_1 (rtx dead_insn
, rtx x
, rtx current_insn
)
7741 rtx prev
, set
, dst
, i2
;
7743 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
7747 const char *fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
7748 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
7751 delete_address_reloads_1 (dead_insn
, XEXP (x
, i
), current_insn
);
7752 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'E')
7754 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
7755 delete_address_reloads_1 (dead_insn
, XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
),
7762 if (spill_reg_order
[REGNO (x
)] < 0)
7765 /* Scan backwards for the insn that sets x. This might be a way back due
7767 for (prev
= PREV_INSN (dead_insn
); prev
; prev
= PREV_INSN (prev
))
7769 code
= GET_CODE (prev
);
7770 if (code
== CODE_LABEL
|| code
== JUMP_INSN
)
7772 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code
) != 'i')
7774 if (reg_set_p (x
, PATTERN (prev
)))
7776 if (reg_referenced_p (x
, PATTERN (prev
)))
7779 if (! prev
|| INSN_UID (prev
) < reload_first_uid
)
7781 /* Check that PREV only sets the reload register. */
7782 set
= single_set (prev
);
7785 dst
= SET_DEST (set
);
7786 if (GET_CODE (dst
) != REG
7787 || ! rtx_equal_p (dst
, x
))
7789 if (! reg_set_p (dst
, PATTERN (dead_insn
)))
7791 /* Check if DST was used in a later insn -
7792 it might have been inherited. */
7793 for (i2
= NEXT_INSN (dead_insn
); i2
; i2
= NEXT_INSN (i2
))
7795 if (GET_CODE (i2
) == CODE_LABEL
)
7799 if (reg_referenced_p (dst
, PATTERN (i2
)))
7801 /* If there is a reference to the register in the current insn,
7802 it might be loaded in a non-inherited reload. If no other
7803 reload uses it, that means the register is set before
7805 if (i2
== current_insn
)
7807 for (j
= n_reloads
- 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
7808 if ((rld
[j
].reg_rtx
== dst
&& reload_inherited
[j
])
7809 || reload_override_in
[j
] == dst
)
7811 for (j
= n_reloads
- 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
7812 if (rld
[j
].in
&& rld
[j
].reg_rtx
== dst
)
7819 if (GET_CODE (i2
) == JUMP_INSN
)
7821 /* If DST is still live at CURRENT_INSN, check if it is used for
7822 any reload. Note that even if CURRENT_INSN sets DST, we still
7823 have to check the reloads. */
7824 if (i2
== current_insn
)
7826 for (j
= n_reloads
- 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
7827 if ((rld
[j
].reg_rtx
== dst
&& reload_inherited
[j
])
7828 || reload_override_in
[j
] == dst
)
7830 /* ??? We can't finish the loop here, because dst might be
7831 allocated to a pseudo in this block if no reload in this
7832 block needs any of the classes containing DST - see
7833 spill_hard_reg. There is no easy way to tell this, so we
7834 have to scan till the end of the basic block. */
7836 if (reg_set_p (dst
, PATTERN (i2
)))
7840 delete_address_reloads_1 (prev
, SET_SRC (set
), current_insn
);
7841 reg_reloaded_contents
[REGNO (dst
)] = -1;
7845 /* Output reload-insns to reload VALUE into RELOADREG.
7846 VALUE is an autoincrement or autodecrement RTX whose operand
7847 is a register or memory location;
7848 so reloading involves incrementing that location.
7849 IN is either identical to VALUE, or some cheaper place to reload from.
7851 INC_AMOUNT is the number to increment or decrement by (always positive).
7852 This cannot be deduced from VALUE.
7854 Return the instruction that stores into RELOADREG. */
7857 inc_for_reload (rtx reloadreg
, rtx in
, rtx value
, int inc_amount
)
7859 /* REG or MEM to be copied and incremented. */
7860 rtx incloc
= XEXP (value
, 0);
7861 /* Nonzero if increment after copying. */
7862 int post
= (GET_CODE (value
) == POST_DEC
|| GET_CODE (value
) == POST_INC
);
7868 rtx real_in
= in
== value
? XEXP (in
, 0) : in
;
7870 /* No hard register is equivalent to this register after
7871 inc/dec operation. If REG_LAST_RELOAD_REG were nonzero,
7872 we could inc/dec that register as well (maybe even using it for
7873 the source), but I'm not sure it's worth worrying about. */
7874 if (GET_CODE (incloc
) == REG
)
7875 reg_last_reload_reg
[REGNO (incloc
)] = 0;
7877 if (GET_CODE (value
) == PRE_DEC
|| GET_CODE (value
) == POST_DEC
)
7878 inc_amount
= -inc_amount
;
7880 inc
= GEN_INT (inc_amount
);
7882 /* If this is post-increment, first copy the location to the reload reg. */
7883 if (post
&& real_in
!= reloadreg
)
7884 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (reloadreg
, real_in
));
7888 /* See if we can directly increment INCLOC. Use a method similar to
7889 that in gen_reload. */
7891 last
= get_last_insn ();
7892 add_insn
= emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, incloc
,
7893 gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (incloc
),
7896 code
= recog_memoized (add_insn
);
7899 extract_insn (add_insn
);
7900 if (constrain_operands (1))
7902 /* If this is a pre-increment and we have incremented the value
7903 where it lives, copy the incremented value to RELOADREG to
7904 be used as an address. */
7907 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (reloadreg
, incloc
));
7912 delete_insns_since (last
);
7915 /* If couldn't do the increment directly, must increment in RELOADREG.
7916 The way we do this depends on whether this is pre- or post-increment.
7917 For pre-increment, copy INCLOC to the reload register, increment it
7918 there, then save back. */
7922 if (in
!= reloadreg
)
7923 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (reloadreg
, real_in
));
7924 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (reloadreg
, inc
));
7925 store
= emit_insn (gen_move_insn (incloc
, reloadreg
));
7930 Because this might be a jump insn or a compare, and because RELOADREG
7931 may not be available after the insn in an input reload, we must do
7932 the incrementation before the insn being reloaded for.
7934 We have already copied IN to RELOADREG. Increment the copy in
7935 RELOADREG, save that back, then decrement RELOADREG so it has
7936 the original value. */
7938 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (reloadreg
, inc
));
7939 store
= emit_insn (gen_move_insn (incloc
, reloadreg
));
7940 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (reloadreg
, GEN_INT (-inc_amount
)));
7948 add_auto_inc_notes (rtx insn
, rtx x
)
7950 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
7954 if (code
== MEM
&& auto_inc_p (XEXP (x
, 0)))
7957 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_INC
, XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), REG_NOTES (insn
));
7961 /* Scan all the operand sub-expressions. */
7962 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
7963 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
7966 add_auto_inc_notes (insn
, XEXP (x
, i
));
7967 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'E')
7968 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
7969 add_auto_inc_notes (insn
, XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
));
7974 /* Copy EH notes from an insn to its reloads. */
7976 copy_eh_notes (rtx insn
, rtx x
)
7978 rtx eh_note
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_EH_REGION
, NULL_RTX
);
7981 for (; x
!= 0; x
= NEXT_INSN (x
))
7983 if (may_trap_p (PATTERN (x
)))
7985 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EH_REGION
, XEXP (eh_note
, 0),
7991 /* This is used by reload pass, that does emit some instructions after
7992 abnormal calls moving basic block end, but in fact it wants to emit
7993 them on the edge. Looks for abnormal call edges, find backward the
7994 proper call and fix the damage.
7996 Similar handle instructions throwing exceptions internally. */
7998 fixup_abnormal_edges (void)
8000 bool inserted
= false;
8007 /* Look for cases we are interested in - calls or instructions causing
8009 for (e
= bb
->succ
; e
; e
= e
->succ_next
)
8011 if (e
->flags
& EDGE_ABNORMAL_CALL
)
8013 if ((e
->flags
& (EDGE_ABNORMAL
| EDGE_EH
))
8014 == (EDGE_ABNORMAL
| EDGE_EH
))
8017 if (e
&& GET_CODE (BB_END (bb
)) != CALL_INSN
8018 && !can_throw_internal (BB_END (bb
)))
8020 rtx insn
= BB_END (bb
), stop
= NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb
));
8022 for (e
= bb
->succ
; e
; e
= e
->succ_next
)
8023 if (e
->flags
& EDGE_FALLTHRU
)
8025 /* Get past the new insns generated. Allow notes, as the insns may
8026 be already deleted. */
8027 while ((GET_CODE (insn
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
)
8028 && !can_throw_internal (insn
)
8029 && insn
!= BB_HEAD (bb
))
8030 insn
= PREV_INSN (insn
);
8031 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL_INSN
&& !can_throw_internal (insn
))
8035 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
8036 while (insn
&& insn
!= stop
)
8038 next
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
8043 /* Sometimes there's still the return value USE.
8044 If it's placed after a trapping call (i.e. that
8045 call is the last insn anyway), we have no fallthru
8046 edge. Simply delete this use and don't try to insert
8047 on the non-existent edge. */
8048 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) != USE
)
8050 /* We're not deleting it, we're moving it. */
8051 INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) = 0;
8052 PREV_INSN (insn
) = NULL_RTX
;
8053 NEXT_INSN (insn
) = NULL_RTX
;
8055 insert_insn_on_edge (insn
, e
);
8062 /* We've possibly turned single trapping insn into multiple ones. */
8063 if (flag_non_call_exceptions
)
8066 blocks
= sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block
);
8067 sbitmap_ones (blocks
);
8068 find_many_sub_basic_blocks (blocks
);
8071 commit_edge_insertions ();